Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2
Transcription
Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2
Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Getting Started with Pervasive PSQL Server Edition Pervasive Software Inc. 12365 Riata Trace Parkway Building B Austin, TX 78727 USA Telephone: 512 231 6000 or 800 287 4383 Fax: 512 231 6010 Email: [email protected] Web: http://www.pervasive.com disclaimer PERVASIVE SOFTWARE INC. LICENSES THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION PRODUCT TO YOU OR YOUR COMPANY SOLELY ON AN “AS IS” BASIS AND SOLELY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE ACCOMPANYING LICENSE AGREEMENT. PERVASIVE SOFTWARE INC. MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE SOFTWARE OR THE CONTENT OF THE DOCUMENTATION; PERVASIVE SOFTWARE INC. HEREBY EXPRESSLY STATES AND YOU OR YOUR COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT PERVASIVE SOFTWARE INC. DOES NOT MAKE ANY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, WITH RESPECT TO MERCHANTABILITY, TITLE, OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, AMONG OTHERS. trademarks Btrieve, Client/Server in a Box, Pervasive, Pervasive Software, and the Pervasive Software logo are registered trademarks of Pervasive Software Inc. Built on Pervasive Software, DataExchange, MicroKernel Database Engine, MicroKernel Database Architecture, Pervasive.SQL, Pervasive PSQL, Solution Network, Ultralight, and ZDBA are trademarks of Pervasive Software Inc. Microsoft, MS-DOS, Windows, Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows Millennium, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Win32, Win32s, and Visual Basic are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. NetWare and Novell are registered trademarks of Novell, Inc. NetWare Loadable Module, NLM, Novell DOS, Transaction Tracking System, and TTS are trademarks of Novell, Inc. Sun, Sun Microsystems, Java, all trademarks and logos that contain Sun, Solaris, or Java, are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems. All other company and product names are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. © Copyright 2006 Pervasive Software Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction, photocopying, or transmittal of this publication, or portions of this publication, is prohibited without the express prior written consent of the publisher. This product includes software developed by Powerdog Industries. © Copyright 1994 Powerdog Industries. All rights reserved. This product includes software developed by KeyWorks Software. © Copyright 2002 KeyWorks Software. All rights reserved. This product includes software developed by DUNDAS SOFTWARE. © Copyright 1997-2000 DUNDAS SOFTWARE LTD., all rights reserved. This product includes software developed by the Apache Software Foundation (http://www.apache.org/). This product uses the free unixODBC Driver Manager as written by Peter Harvey ([email protected]), modified and extended by Nick Gorham ([email protected]), with local modifications from Pervasive Software. Pervasive Software will donate their code changes to the current maintainer of the unixODBC Driver Manager project, in accordance with the LGPL license agreement of this project. The unixODBC Driver Danager home page is located at www.unixodbc.org. For further information on this project, contact its current maintainer: Nick Gorham ([email protected]). A copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL) is included on the distribution media for this product. You may also view the LGPL at www.fsf.org/licensing/licenses/lgpl.html. Getting Started with Pervasive PSQL v9 SP2 (Server edition) May 2006 100-004289-004 Contents About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Who Should Read This Manual Manual Organization . . . . . . Getting Ready to Install . Windows . . . . . . . . . NetWare . . . . . . . . . Linux . . . . . . . . . . . After Installation . . . . . Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv . . . . . . . . xvi xvii xvii xvii xviii xviii xix xx Getting Ready to Install 1 Welcome to Pervasive PSQL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 A Basic Introduction to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 About Pervasive PSQL . . . . . . . . . . Competitive Advantages . . . . . . Relational or Transactional Access About the Server Engine . . . . . . . . . Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Where to Install . . . . . . . . . . Additional User Licenses . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 2-1 Preparation Needed for Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Server Installation Installation Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Major Components of the Product . . . . . . . Installation Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing Over a Previous Version . . . . . . . . Installation Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check the Hardware Requirements. . . . . . . Check the Software Requirements . . . . . . . Ensure Adequate Permissions . . . . . . . . . . Verify Compatibility of Vendor Applications . Schedule the Upgrade and Perform with Care. Installing to a Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check for Special Configuration Issues . . . . Read the README File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2-2 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-11 iii Contents 3 Pervasive PSQL and Terminal Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 How to Use Pervasive PSQL with Terminal Services Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Environments . . . . . . Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windows 32-bit Server . . . . . . . Configuration and Runtime. . . . . . . . Remote Configuration with PCC . Terminal Server as Network Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-4 3-5 3-5 3-5 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Installing Components for Windows 4 Instructions for First-time Windows Server Installation Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platform Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing Pervasive PSQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . What to do Next. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Custom Installation Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL . Where To Go From Here . . . . . . . . . . . . . Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL Server . . . . . . . . . . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-4 4-12 4-13 4-16 4-16 4-17 Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 How to Install Pervasive PSQL Client Requester Software for Connecting to Servers Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding Client Requesters . . . . . . . . . . . Types of Windows Requesters . . . . . . . . . Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing the Pervasive PSQL Client Components . Restarting Your Computer After Installation . Custom Installation Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Where To Go From Here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing DOS Requesters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available Requesters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation of the DOS Requesters . . . . . . Alternate DOS Requesters . . . . . . . . . . . iv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5-3 5-3 5-4 5-4 5-6 5-13 5-14 5-16 5-17 5-17 5-18 5-18 Contents 6 Network Communication with Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows 6-1 Network Communications for a Windows-based Pervasive PSQL Server Determining What Kind of Network You Have Server Engine on Windows . . . . . . . . Server Engine on NetWare . . . . . . . . Server Engine on Linux . . . . . . . . . . Network Communication Settings . . . . . . . Setting Up TCP/IP Support . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Up SPX Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avoiding Unavailable Protocols . . . . . . . . . 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Windows . . . . . 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-6 6-8 7-1 Instructions for Upgrading an Existing Pervasive PSQL Installation Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Platform Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Migration of Existing Configuration Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Installing Over Existing Pervasive Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Accessing README file information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Upgrading to Pervasive PSQL Server from Earlier Pervasive PSQL Versions or Btrieve 6.x 7-5 What to do Next . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Custom Installation Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 8 Application Configuration Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Common Scenarios for Setting up Your Server Support for Active Directory Service . . . . . . . What Is Active Directory? . . . . . . . . . . Installation of Active Directory . . . . . . . Installation of Pervasive PSQL . . . . . . . Pervasive Administrative Authority . . . . Active Directory Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Client Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . Settings Affected by Multiple Applications. Concurrent Local and Remote Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 8-2 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-4 8-11 8-11 8-13 Installing Components for NetWare 9 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Instructions for NetWare Server Installation or Patching Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platform Notes for NetWare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 9-2 v Contents Installing Over Existing Pervasive Products. . . Installation Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetWare Security and Configuration Issues . . Installing the Pervasive PSQL Server Components . . If You Choose Custom Install . . . . . . . . . . Custom Installation Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Return to Steps for Complete Installation. . . . Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 9-4 9-5 9-9 9-13 9-15 9-16 9-17 10 Network Settings for Server Engine on NetWare . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 How to Configure Network Settings for a NetWare-based Pervasive PSQL Server Determining What Kind of Network You Have . Server Engine on NetWare . . . . . . . . . Mixed NetWare and Microsoft Network . Default Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Up TCP/IP Support . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Up SPX Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disabling Certain Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 10-2 10-2 10-3 10-5 10-7 10-8 11 Application Configuration on NetWare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Issues for Configuring Applications on the NetWare Platform Local Applications on NetWare Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NSS Volume Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 11-3 Installing Components for Linux 12 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 Instructions for First-time Installation of Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Server Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Samba Package Installation. . . . . . . Platform Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing Pervasive PSQL Server Using RPM Installing Pervasive PSQL Server Using Tar . After Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User Count License . . . . . . . . . . . Accessing README File Information . Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common Questions After Installation Uninstalling the Server Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 . 12-2 . 12-2 . 12-3 . 12-5 . 12-7 . 12-7 . 12-7 . 12-8 . 12-8 . 12-12 13 Installing Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Instructions for First-time Installation of Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Client for Linux Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi 13-2 Contents Hardware/Software Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . Linux Client in Conjunction with Server Engine . . . Installing the Pervasive PSQL Client Using RPM . . . . . . Verifying an RPM Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing the Client Using Tar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . After Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the Linux Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common Questions After Installing the Linux Client Uninstalling the Pervasive PSQL Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2 . 13-2 . 13-4 . 13-5 . 13-6 . 13-8 . 13-8 . 13-9 . 13-12 14 Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 First-time Installation of Pervasive PSQL PCC and Documentation on Linux Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pervasive PSQL Control Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Required Conditions for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing Pervasive PSQL Control Center Using RPM . . . . . . . . RPM Installation Steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . After Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessing README file information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing Pervasive PSQL Control Center Using Tar . . . . . . . . . Tar Installation Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessing README file information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing Pervasive PSQL Documentation Using RPM . . . . . . . . RPM Installation Steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . After Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessing README file information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing Pervasive PSQL Documentation Using Tar . . . . . . . . . Tar Installation Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessing README file information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . After Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to Access the Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common Questions After Installing PCC and Documentation Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL Control Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux . . . . . . . 14-2 14-2 14-2 14-3 14-4 14-4 14-4 14-5 14-6 14-6 14-7 14-8 14-8 14-8 14-9 14-10 14-10 14-11 14-12 14-12 14-14 14-15 14-16 15-1 How to Upgrade an Existing Installation of Pervasive PSQL on Linux Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Samba Package Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . Platform Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Server Using RPM . . . . . Upgrade Pervasive PSQL 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade Versions Older than Pervasive PSQL 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 15-2 15-2 15-3 15-3 15-4 vii Contents Installation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . User Count License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessing README file information . . . . . Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Server Using Tar . . . . Upgrade Pervasive PSQL 9 . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade Versions Prior to Pervasive PSQL 9 . Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Client Using RPM . . . Upgrade Pervasive PSQL 9 . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade Versions Prior to Pervasive PSQL 9 . Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Client Using Tar . . . . Upgrade Pervasive PSQL 9 . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade Versions Prior to Pervasive PSQL 9 . After Upgrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common Questions After Upgrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 15-5 15-5 15-6 15-6 15-7 15-9 15-9 15-10 15-11 15-11 15-12 15-14 15-14 15-14 16 Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1 Working With the Installed Products Finding What You Need. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessing the JavaHelp Documentation. . . Man Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pervasive PSQL Account Management on Linux . After Installation Behavior . . . . . . . . . . The User Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Utilities from Users Other than psql . Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Path Formats for Samba . . . . . Client Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Authentication to Remote Machines . . . . Creating a Client DSN . . . . . . . . . . . . Internationalization with the Client . . . . . Setting Up Web-based Data Access . . . . . . . . . ODBC Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . PHP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Perl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Perl and ODBC with Pervasive PSQL . . . . Code Snippet for Perl and DBI . . . . . . . . viii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-2 16-2 16-2 16-2 16-4 16-4 16-4 16-5 16-6 16-6 16-6 16-7 16-8 16-8 16-8 16-8 16-13 16-13 16-13 16-13 16-17 16-22 16-22 Contents Working With Pervasive PSQL Clients 17 Connecting Clients to a Sample Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-1 How to Connect Clients to the Sample Database on a Pervasive PSQL Server Machine Basics About Pervasive PSQL Engines and Clients . Every Engine is Also a Client . . . . . . . . . Clients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connect a Client to a Pervasive PSQL Server . . . . Use the Client to Obtain Data from the Server . . . Become an Expert User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User’s Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Operations Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Configuring Network Communications for Clients . . . . . . . . . 17-2 17-2 17-2 17-3 17-4 17-6 17-6 17-6 18-1 How to Configure Network Communications for Your Pervasive PSQL Clients Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to Configure the Pervasive Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Win32 Configuration Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Win16 Configuration Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network Path Formats Supported by Pervasive Requesters . . . . Universal Naming Convention (UNC) Path Formats. . . . Drive-based Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetWare Specific Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linux Path Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using TCP/IP to Connect to a NetWare Server . . . . . . . . . . Using SPX to Connect to a NetWare Server . . . . . . . . . . . . Using TCP/IP to Connect to a Windows 32-bit Server . . . . . . Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using SPX to Connect to a Windows 32-bit Server . . . . . . . . Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Default Communication Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . Services File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetBIOS and the Pervasive PSQL Server Engine . . . . . . . . . . Using TCP/IP to Connect to a Linux Server . . . . . . . . . . . . Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the DOS Requesters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Requesters Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Win16 and DOS Workstations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running DOS applications on Windows 32-bit Platforms . Running DOS applications on Windows 98/ME . . . . . . Verifying the DOS Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOS TCP/IP Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-2 18-4 18-4 18-4 18-5 18-5 18-6 18-6 18-8 18-9 18-11 18-12 18-12 18-15 18-15 18-17 18-17 18-19 18-20 18-20 18-23 18-23 18-23 18-24 18-25 18-25 18-28 18-35 18-35 ix Contents Configuring the Pervasive PSQL DOS Requester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-39 After Installation 19 Troubleshooting After Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-1 How to Proceed When You Encounter Errors During Installation Troubleshooting Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checklist for Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshoot the Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration for Special Installation Situations . . . . . . . Diagnosing Problems with Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA) How to Start PSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Documentation for PSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SmartScout Replaced by PSA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verifying Database Engine is Running . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetWare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Obtaining File, Client, and Engine Version Number . . . . . Determining Client and Engine Version . . . . . . . . Determining a File Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Issues After Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL on Windows . . . . Engine and Client Version Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disabling the Client Mismatch Warning Messages . . . How to Get Additional Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thirty-Day Free Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-2 19-3 19-3 19-3 19-4 19-5 19-5 19-5 19-5 19-6 19-6 19-7 19-7 19-8 19-8 19-9 19-11 19-12 19-13 19-14 19-15 20 Pervasive PSQL Resources and Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1 A Guide to Pervasive PSQL Customer Information Resources Printed Documentation . . . . . . . Developer Center. . . . . . . . . . . Pervasive PSQL Knowledge Base . . FTP Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Online Documentation . . . . . . . Pervasive Library . . . . . . . Webinars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subscription Based E-mail Services . DevTalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newsgroup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-Mail Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2 . 20-3 . 20-4 . 20-5 . 20-6 . 20-6 . 20-7 . 20-8 . 20-9 . 20-10 . 20-11 . 20-12 Figures 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-11 4-12 4-13 4-14 Pervasive Software’s Software License Agreement. . . Applying the User Count License . . . . . . . . . . . . Setup Type Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Example Dialog Box for Programs that May Interfere Installation Status Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transactional Engine Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transactional Engine Test Results from PSA . . . . . Relational Engine Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relational Engine Test Results from PSA . . . . . . . Product Registration Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . View Readme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Example of Installation Choices . . . . . . . . . . . . Location of Space Required Values . . . . . . . . . . . Uninstall Remove Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-8 4-8 4-9 4-9 4-10 4-11 4-11 4-13 4-15 4-17 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 Setup Type Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Example Dialog Box for Programs that May Interfere . Installation Status Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network Communication Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network Transmission of Test Messages . . . . . . . . . Successful Transmission of Test Messages . . . . . . . . Transactional Engine Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transactional Engine Test Results from PSA . . . . . . Relational Engine Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relational Engine Test Results from PSA . . . . . . . . Product Registration Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . View Readme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Example of Installation Choices (Client Components) . Location of Space Required Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-10 5-10 5-11 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-15 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 Pervasive Software’s Software License Agreement. . . Applying the User Count License . . . . . . . . . . . . Setup Type Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Example Dialog Box for Programs that May Interfere Installation Status Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transactional Engine Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transactional Engine Test Results from PSA . . . . . Relational Engine Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relational Engine Test Results from PSA . . . . . . . Product Registration Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-9 7-10 7-10 7-11 7-12 . . . . . . . . . . xi Figures 7-11 7-12 7-13 View Readme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Example of Installation Choices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Location of Space Required Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-5 9-6 9-7 9-8 9-9 9-10 Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Setup Reboot Required. Mapping a Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pervasive Software’s Software License Agreement . . . . . Applying the User Count License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Location for System Components (NetWare Server) . . . Location for Pervasive Files (NetWare Server) . . . . . . . Setup Type Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation Status Dialog Box (NetWare Server) . . . . . . Example of Installation Choices (NetWare) . . . . . . . . Location of Space Required Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 . 9-9 . 9-10 . 9-10 . 9-11 . 9-12 . 9-12 . 9-13 . 9-15 . 9-16 17-1 17-2 17-3 17-4 17-5 17-6 Registering a New Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choosing a Computer Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expanding the Databases List for a Machine . . . . . . . . . Selecting the Department Table in DEMODATA . . . . . . Displaying the Department Table in DEMODATA . . . . . Refining Your Query - Department Table in DEMODATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-3 . 17-3 . 17-4 . 17-4 . 17-5 . 17-5 19-1 19-2 19-3 Displaying the Services Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-6 Selecting the Btrieve Version button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-8 Btrieve Version Info Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9 xii Tables 1-1 Comparison of Server and Workgroup Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 5-1 Configuration Setting Values not Migrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 7-1 7-2 Configuration Setting Values not Migrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 How to Proceed After Installing Server and Client Software . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 18-1 18-2 18-3 Supported UNC and Drive Path Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-5 File name and Path formats for Novell Clients for NetWare . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-7 Supported DOS Requester Configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-24 19-1 Pervasive Tools that Assist in Installation and Problem Determination . . . . . . 19-2 xiii xiv About This Manual This manual contains information about installing the Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 database system. Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 is a complete database management system, providing the best of both worlds. It combines a transactional interface designed for high-performance data handling and improved programming productivity with an embeddable and scalable relational interface. This manual also contains information about common installation issues, general network protocol information, and Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 components. For information on using Pervasive PSQL utilities, see Pervasive PSQL User's Guide. For information about configuring the Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 engine, see Advanced Operations Guide. xv About This Manual Who Should Read This Manual This manual provides information for users who install and run Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. This manual is also useful for system administrators who are responsible for maintaining databases on a network and for those who are using Pervasive PSQL to develop server applications. Pervasive Software would appreciate your comments and suggestions about this manual. As a user of our documentation, you are in a unique position to provide ideas that can have a direct impact on future releases of this and other manuals. If you have comments or suggestions for the product documentation, post your request at http://www.pervasive.com/devtalk. xvi Manual Organization This manual is arranged in the order of the main installation sequence. You complete the installation by following the chapters in order (skipping the chapters that do not apply to your server platform). Getting Started With Pervasive PSQL is divided into the following sections: Getting Ready to Install Chapter 1—“Welcome to Pervasive PSQL” This chapter provides a basic introduction to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. Chapter 2—“Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL” This chapter discusses important preparations that you should undertake before attempting to install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. Chapter 3—“Pervasive PSQL and Terminal Services” This chapter describes how to use Pervasive PSQL with Terminal Server Products. Windows Chapter 4—“Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows” This chapter describes how to install Pervasive PSQL Server for the first time. Chapter 5—“Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows” This chapter describes how to install Pervasive PSQL Client for the first time. Chapter 6—“Network Communication with Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows” This chapter describes how to configure your network for use with the Server engine on Windows. Chapter 7—“Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Windows” This chapter describes how to upgrade a previous version of Pervasive PSQL on Windows servers. Chapter 8—“Application Configuration Scenarios” xvii About This Manual This chapter describes different application configurations for special scenarios. NetWare Chapter 9—“Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare” This chapter describes how to install the Pervasive PSQL server on NetWare. Chapter 10—“Network Settings for Server Engine on NetWare” This chapter describes how to configure your network for use with the Server engine on NetWare. Chapter 11—“Application Configuration on NetWare” This chapter describes different application configurations for special scenarios. Linux Chapter 12—“Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux” This chapter describes how to install the Pervasive PSQL Server on Linux. Chapter 13—“Installing Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux” This chapter describes how to install the Pervasive PSQL Client on Linux. Chapter 14—“Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux” This chapter describes how to install the Pervasive PSQL Control Center (PCC) on Linux. Chapter 15— “Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux” This chapter describes how to upgrade a previous version of Pervasive PSQL on Linux. Chapter 16—“Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux” This chapter provides useful information after you install the Pervasive PSQL products on Linux. Client Requesters Chapter 17—“Connecting Clients to a Sample Database” This chapter describes how to connect to a server and display data from a table in the sample database. xviii Chapter 18—“Configuring Network Communications for Clients” This chapter describes how to configure your clients network settings for use with Server engines. It also offers implementation notes for specific operating systems. After Installation Chapter 19—“Troubleshooting After Installation” This chapter provides information on Pervasive PSQL tools that aid in diagnosing problems. Chapter 20 —“Pervasive PSQL Resources and Contacts” Should you not find the answer to your problem, this chapter gives contact information for Pervasive PSQL support. This manual also contains an index. xix About This Manual Conventions Unless otherwise noted, command syntax, code, and examples use the following conventions: xx CASE Commands and reserved words typically appear in uppercase letters. Unless the manual states otherwise, you can enter these items using uppercase, lowercase, or both. For example, you can type MYPROG, myprog, or MYprog. Bold Words appearing in bold include the following: menu names, dialog box names, commands, options, buttons, statements, etc. Monospaced font Monospaced font is reserved for words you enter, such as command syntax. [ ] Square brackets enclose optional information, as in [log_name]. If information is not enclosed in square brackets, it is required. | A vertical bar indicates a choice of information to enter, as in [file name | @file name]. < > Angle brackets enclose multiple choices for a required item, as in /D=<5|6|7>. variable Words appearing in italics are variables that you must replace with appropriate values, as in file name. ... An ellipsis following information indicates you can repeat the information more than one time, as in [parameter ...]. ::= The symbol ::= means one item is defined in terms of another. For example, a::=b means the item a is defined in terms of b. G ETTING R EADY TO I NSTALL chapter Welcome to Pervasive PSQL 1 A Basic Introduction to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Thank you for purchasing Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. We are confident that you will find this release to be the very best high performance, low maintenance database engine on the market. This chapter contains the following topics: “About Pervasive PSQL” on page 1-2 “About the Server Engine” on page 1-4 1-1 Welcome to Pervasive PSQL About Pervasive PSQL Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 is a reliable, low-maintenance, high-performance database management system (DBMS). Thousands of companies around the world license Pervasive PSQL and distribute it as the underlying data storage program for their data-intensive software products. These companies see no reason to build their own DBMS or license from a competitor once they experience the ease-of-use, reliability, and value offered by Pervasive PSQL. No matter whether you received Pervasive PSQL with another product or purchased it yourself, this section explains a little about the product and why it is right for you. If you would like to read a detailed discussion of Pervasive PSQL architecture and interfaces, please refer to Pervasive Products and Services. Competitive Advantages Pervasive PSQL provides a number of advantages over other products available on the market. Here are just a few: 1-2 Lowest total cost of ownership. An independent study conducted by Aberdeen Group concluded that no major database product can match Pervasive PSQL’s low total cost of ownership. How do we do it? See the next bullet. No Database Administrator (DBA) required. You can look in the newspaper any day of the week and see classified ads for Oracle, Sybase, or SQL Server database administrators, with sky-high salaries. Pervasive PSQL offers the unique Zero Database Administrator, or Z-DBA™, architecture. Its easy-to-use tools, bulletproof installation, and set-it-and-forget-it simplicity make it the perfect workhorse for desktop, workgroup, and departmental applications. Scalable from the desktop to the Web. Pervasive PSQL is available in two editions: the Ultra-light™ Workgroup database engine supports single-user configurations up to small workgroup configurations; and the Server engine comes with a 10-user license and scales to hundreds of concurrent users, including intranet and extranet applications. Upgrading to another configuration requires no changes to the supported application, just plug-and-play with the new database engine. About Pervasive PSQL Relational or Transactional Access Cross-platform support. Unlike some competitors, Pervasive PSQL does not confine you to a single platform. Pervasive PSQL databases are binary-compatible and supported across Microsoft Windows, Novell NetWare, and several Linux distributions. No matter what operating system you currently use or change to, Pervasive PSQL is there for you. Big database features at a small price. Pervasive PSQL offers full security, encryption, management and monitoring tools, and a host of other features you would expect to see in more expensive DBMS products. Legendary stability and reliability. There’s no doubt why 70% of the Windows desktop accounting market uses Pervasive PSQL as the underlying database of choice. When you manage important data, go for the database engine that won’t let you down. Pervasive PSQL offers an architecture that is totally unique in the database management market. Our product allows you to access the exact same data through ODBC and OLE DB, supporting applications like Microsoft ASP, Excel, and Access, or through the lightning-fast transactional interface called Btrieve. ODBC allows you to do complex reporting and data mining, while Btrieve provides massive throughput when you need the ability to view, update, or create millions of records a day. Each application vendor chooses which interfaces are used. If you want to know which access methods are used in your application, contact your application vendor. 1-3 Welcome to Pervasive PSQL About the Server Engine This section provides some basic information about the Pervasive PSQL Server engine. For a detailed discussion of Pervasive PSQL architecture, please refer to Pervasive Products and Services. If you would like more information about what comes in your product and what gets installed, please see Chapter 2, “Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL.” Purpose You have purchased the Pervasive PSQL Server engine. This database engine is designed to support up to many hundreds of concurrent network users when installed on the appropriate hardware. It is capable of supporting web, corporate, departmental, and other client/server or web-based applications where reliability and performance are critical. Where to Install The Server engine must be installed on the same computer where the database files are located. The client portion of the software must be installed on every computer that is expected to access the database. In the case of web applications, the client must be installed on the same computer as the web server. Multiple web server platforms require a client on each platform. Additional User If you receive Status Code 161 or other status codes indicating you have exceeded your licensed user count, you may wish to buy Licenses additional user licenses. You can purchase additional licenses in blocks of 10, 20, 50, 100, or more. You may purchase user count upgrades from your application reseller or directly from Pervasive. Features 1-4 All Pervasive database engines offer the same powerful feature set and full-functioned support for programming interfaces. All engine editions are plug-and-play compatible, requiring no application changes to switch from one engine to another. Data files are binarycompatible across all supported platforms. About the Server Engine The chart below shows the major differences between the two different editions of the product. Table 1-1 Comparison of Server and Workgroup Features Feature Server Workgroup Supports Btrieve, ODBC, OLE DB, and ActiveX interfaces Full-featured relational support (online backup, security, referential integrity, management tools, and so on) Binary compatible data files across all platforms and engine editions Easy plug-and-play upgrading, no application changes required Includes complete online documentation Can access data on a file server where no database engine is installed Supports remote ODBC client connections Requires a Workgroup engine on all computers expected to access remote data N/A Engine runs on Windows Engine runs on NetWare Engine runs on Linux Multi-user for small groups Scales to hundreds of users Extranet license available 1-5 Welcome to Pervasive PSQL 1-6 chapter Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL 2 Preparation Needed for Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Server Installation Thank you for purchasing Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. We hope that you enjoy using this fast and reliable database product. This chapter contains the following topics: “Installation Overview” on page 2-2 “Installation Checklist” on page 2-6 2-1 Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL Installation Overview This section provides an overview to the components that make up Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. Also included in this section is information on the files included in the different types of installation. Major The product consists of the following components: Components of the Product Database Engine Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 consists of two database subengines: MicroKernel Database Engine (MKDE), which provides Btrieve/ MicroKernel API support for Pervasive PSQL applications SQL Relational Database Engine (SRDE), which provides ODBC/SQL API support for Pervasive PSQL applications Client Requesters that allow you to access the server-based MicroKernel from a DOS client, a Windows 98/ME client, or a Windows 32-bit platform client. The 16-bit requesters used in DOS clients are Btrieve requesters only and will have no relational access. Utilities Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 includes a suite of useful utilities for every phase of database management from engine installation and configuration to data maintenance. They include the following: 2-2 Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA) Pervasive PSQL Control Center (PCC) SQL Editor Table Editor Configuration properties for client and engines Monitor Function Executor Maintenance Installation Overview Rebuild License Administrator ODBC Administrator Gateway Locator Printed Documentation If you received a boxed version of Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2, your package contains a printed copy of Getting Started With Pervasive PSQL (Server Edition) and the Status Codes and Messages Quick Reference card. You can order a complete hardcopy set of the manuals through the Pervasive Software Sales Team. Online Documentation The complete Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 documentation set is provided in JavaHelp format. This help also serves as the contextsensitive help for the Pervasive PSQL Control Center. Documentation Titles The following titles are included in the online library and are available in hardcopy except where noted: This book - Getting Started with Pervasive PSQL (Server Edition) - helps you to get Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Server engine running with installation, setup, and basic configuration information based on your operating environment. Getting Started with Pervasive PSQL (Workgroup Edition) - helps you to get Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Workgroup engine running with installation, setup, and basic configuration information based on your operating environment. This title is not available in hardcopy. Pervasive Products and Services - provides an overview of Pervasive Software products and services, including support options and information regarding licensing and registration. This manual also describes the database and product architectures. 2-3 Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL Installation Options Pervasive PSQL User's Guide - gives basic information on the utilities provided with the Pervasive PSQL Control Center, including several interactive wizards designed to help you accomplish basic database tasks. This manual also contains information on the Linux database engine and the utilities available for that particular platform. SQL Engine Reference - provides database programmers a complete reference guide to the SQL relational database language supported in Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. Advanced Operations Guide - details tasks typically performed by Network or System Administrators, using various tools such as the Rebuild, Maintenance, Monitor, and Function Executor utilities. Status Codes and Messages - lists the error and informational codes and messages that can be received when using Pervasive software. On Windows operating systems and the NetWare operating system, Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 offers Complete and Custom installation options. You can accept default installation parameters by selecting the Complete install, or you can specify certain installation parameters by selecting the Custom install option. The following sections outline the major differences in these two installation options. (On Linux distributions, each major component has its own separate installation.) Complete Setup Installation The Complete installation, which is recommended for most first time users, takes default actions for most operations performed during the installation. The Complete setup installs the following components: 2-4 Database engine (including ODBC interface) All client requesters (Win32 and MS-DOS requesters) Pervasive PSQL Control Center and other utilities Installation Overview Transactional and Relational interfaces Online documentation in JavaHelp format Custom Setup Installation Selecting Custom setup type allows you to specify the program folder name and select the components to install. During a Custom server installation, the following components are optional: Pervasive PSQL Control Center and JavaHelp documentation Other Utilities (except minimum set) Note Client installation programs for DOS, Windows, and Linux are not part of the server installation. You must run a separate installation program for Pervasive PSQL clients. See “Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows” on page 5-1 for more information. On Windows, the default installation location is C:\PVSW, assuming the Windows system drive is C. On NetWare, the default installation location is SYS:\SYSTEM. On Linux, the default installation location is /usr/local/psql. Installing Over a Previous Version If you install the Pervasive PSQL Server product over a previous version (update the server), be aware of the following: An upgrade re-creates the system databases TEMPDB and SYSTEMDB, and the sample database DEMODATA. The upgrade removes all dictionary files and data files associated with TEMPDB, SYSTEMDB, and DEMODATA, including ones you may have added. If the system database DEFAULTDB exists from a previous installation, it is retained as is. An upgrade does not re-create DEFAULTDB if it already exists. This information applies to all platforms on which Pervasive PSQL is supported. 2-5 Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL Installation Checklist This section provides you with a checklist to prepare you for installation. Please use this checklist as a guide for a successful installation. Quick Checklist Each of the following bullet points is described in more detail in the sections that follow. R Your system hardware meets the minimum requirements (listed later in this chapter) to install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Server. R Your operating system is supported by Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Server. R You have full administrator-level rights on the machine where you plan to install the product. R Your application vendor supports the Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 engine. R Schedule the upgrade appropriately and perform the installation with care. R Licenses for older versions of the product cannot be migrated up. R Read the README file for important, late-breaking warnings and information. R If you are installing a downloaded version of Pervasive PSQL, do not place the install file in a location that is listed in the PATH environment variables, as this can cause issues with file copying during install. Place the setup files in a location such as the Windows TEMP directory. Check the Hardware Requirements 2-6 You must have the following to install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2: Installation Checklist Server – Windows R Intel 486 processor or higher. R At least 64 MB of free memory. R At least 90 MB of free space in the installation location, depending upon the installation options selected. Server – NetWare R Intel 486 processor or higher. R At least 64 MB of free memory. R At least 15 MB of free disk space for the server components. Server – Linux R Intel 486 processor or higher. R Most Linux distributions with Kernel 2.4, Glibc 2.2, and RPM 4. Note Due to recent trends in the rapid development of the Linux operating environment, please refer to the Pervasive Software web site for the latest information concerning the list of supported platforms. R At least 64 MB of free memory. R At least 25 MB of free space in the installation location. Client – Windows R Intel 486 processor or higher. R At least 10 MB of free memory (more is recommended). R Up to 30 MB of free space in the installation location, depending upon the installation options selected. 2-7 Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL R DOS only: DOS 5.0 or greater with 1MB hard disk space, 640 KB RAM. Client – Linux R At least 10 MB of free memory (more is recommended). R Up to 30 MB of free space in the installation location, depending upon the installation options selected. Pervasive PSQL Control Center (PCC) – Linux R Java Runtime Environment (JRE) Standard Edition. R Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux or Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux JavaHelp – Linux R Java Runtime Environment (JRE) Standard Edition. Network - Windows R You must have a properly functioning network consisting of one or more servers connected to one or more clients using network cabling and hubs. Network - NetWare R You must have a properly functioning network to install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. You need one or more servers and one Windows client machine for each of those servers to install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 remotely. NetWare can only be installed from a client machine. Network – Linux R You must have a functioning network consisting of one or more servers connected to one or more clients using network cabling and hubs. 2-8 Installation Checklist R TCP/IP protocol must be used and configured properly, because other protocols (such as IPX/SPX) are not supported with Linux. Check the Software Requirements Your operating system (and, optionally, version of Internet Explorer for Windows platforms) must be supported by Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. The README file for Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 contains the list of supported operating systems and other software requirements. You can access the README file from the root directory on the distribution media. Support for Previously Released Pervasive PSQL Server Engines Pervasive recommends that you use client requesters that are the same version as the database engine. If you choose, you may use a client requester that is an older version than the database engine with which it interacts. In some situations, depending on the type of SDK access method used by your application, an older version requester will not work with the database engine. Your application will be unable to communicate with the database engine. For those situations, you must use client requesters that are the same version as the database engine. See also “Engine and Client Version Conflicts” on page 19-12. Client requesters that are a newer version than the database engine may or may not function correctly. Pervasive does not guarantee that newer versions of client requesters will function correctly with older versions of the engine. Therefore, Pervasive recommends that you avoid the use of newer version client requesters with an older engine. Ensure Adequate Permissions To install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 on a Windows 32-bit server platform, you must have full administrator-level rights on the machine where you will install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. For information on granting administrative rights, please refer to Pervasive PSQL User's Guide. Verify Compatibility of Vendor Applications Contact your application vendor or review the documentation provided by your vendor to ensure that they support the Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 engine version and mode that you want to install. 2-9 Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL Schedule the Upgrade and Perform with Care If installing the Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Server edition, the installation and upgrade should be performed during a period of low use. As with any significant software installation, be sure to back up any important files on the target hard drive, including data files, before you begin the installation. Pervasive recommends that you use client requesters that are the same version as the database engine. If you choose, you may use a client requester that is an older version than the database engine with which it interacts. In some situations, depending on the type of SDK access method used by your application, an older version requester will not work with the database engine. Your application will be unable to communicate with the database engine. For those situations, you must use client requesters that are the same version as the database engine. See “Engine and Client Version Conflicts” on page 19-12. Client requesters that are a newer version than the database engine may or may not function correctly. Pervasive does not guarantee that newer versions of client requesters will function correctly with older versions of the engine. Therefore, Pervasive recommends that you avoid the use of newer version client requesters with an older engine. You should install the server first and immediately upgrade all the client machines. That way, the client requesters are the same version as the database engine. Installing to a Cluster If you plan to install Pervasive PSQL to a clustered environment using either Microsoft Cluster Service or NetWare Cluster Services, please read the following in Advanced Operations Guide: “Server High-Availability Support” on page 9-1. Check for Special Configuration Issues Some default setting in Pervasive PSQL need to be adjusted if your configuration includes certain qualities. For example, the default settings need adjustment if you have: Multiple network interface cards (NICs) Files with Embedded Spaces Please review “Configuration for Special Installation Situations” on page 19-4 for these or other relevant issues, especially if you encounter problems after installation. 2-10 Installation Checklist Read the README File Pervasive Software strongly recommends that you read the information contained in the README file, readme.htm. The README file contains late-breaking product news that could not be included as part of the JavaHelp documentation. You can access the README file from the root directory on the distribution media. 2-11 Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL 2-12 chapter Pervasive PSQL and Terminal Services 3 How to Use Pervasive PSQL with Terminal Services This chapter explains how to use Pervasive PSQL with Microsoft Terminal Server and Citrix MetaFrame. In general, you can use Pervasive PSQL on machines with either product in almost the same way as on a computer without remote access. This chapter contains the following sections: “Overview” on page 3-2 “Licensing” on page 3-3 “Installation” on page 3-4 “Configuration and Runtime” on page 3-5 3-1 Pervasive PSQL and Terminal Services Overview Microsoft Terminal Services is a multisession environment that provides remote computers access to Windows-based programs running on a server. Citrix MetaFrame extends Windows Terminal Services with additional client and server functionality. Only one instance of the database engine may run on any terminal server platform. You cannot run separate copies of the database engine within two or more terminal sessions. Supported Environments 3-2 Refer to the product README file for a list of environments supported for Terminal Services. Licensing Licensing Each terminal server client session counts as one user. Collectively, all applications that access the database engine and run on the same machine as the database engine also count as one user. You must purchase sufficient user count licenses to cover the number of users accessing each database engine. For example, if you have a 10-user license, you may not have more than 10 users accessing the database at once, whether they are connected through terminal sessions or remote database connections. You may not use a terminal server as a method of bypassing the user count mechanism of the database engine. 3-3 Pervasive PSQL and Terminal Services Installation To install Pervasive PSQL on a terminal server, you must be logged into the terminal server as a user with system administrator rights. Windows 32-bit Install Pervasive PSQL through Add New Programs. The operating system automatically handles the changing of terminal server modes. Server 3-4 Configuration and Runtime Configuration and Runtime This section provides information pertaining to configuration. Remote Configuration with PCC You cannot use PCC through a terminal session to configure a remote database engine. You must use PCC at the terminal server console or through a standard remote connection to configure the database engine on the terminal server machine. Terminal Server You may use your terminal server as your main network server and database server. However, if you have high usage of the server as a file as Network server as well as many terminal sessions running at the same time, Server you may find the performance less than satisfactory. Another concern is having all of your mission critical services on the same machine. If it goes down, all of your services go down at once. For these reasons, you may wish to consider distributing your mission critical services on two or more computers. 3-5 Pervasive PSQL and Terminal Services 3-6 I NSTALLING C OMPONENTS W INDOWS FOR chapter Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows 4 Instructions for First-time Windows Server Installation This chapter contains procedures for installing and running Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. The chapter contains the following sections: “Before You Begin” on page 4-2 “Installing Pervasive PSQL Server” on page 4-4 “Custom Installation Path” on page 4-13 “Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL” on page 4-16 “Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL Server” on page 4-17 4-1 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows Before You Begin This section contains information with which you need to be familiar to successfully install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. Before installing Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2, begin by reviewing the following documents: Platform Notes This section contains installation information specific to the Windows platform. Installation Tips Chapter 2, “Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL” - This chapter provides important information, including system requirements and platform specific notes, relevant to your operation. README - This file is located on the distribution media and contains late-breaking product news that could not be included in the product documentation. The file is available in HTML format. To install Pervasive PSQL for Windows, you must have full administrator-level rights on the machine where you will install the product. If you want your individual client machines to install the requesters from the server, you must copy the requester programs from the Pervasive PSQL installation media to folders on the server and give the clients permission to access those folders. Refer to the “Clients” folder on the installation media. You can also install clients directly from the installation media. When installing Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 for the first time on a system, Setup will check if all of the needed system files meet the minimum requirements. In some cases, these files are locked by the operating system and a reboot is required before Setup can continue. A dialog box displays if a reboot is required. Click the “Yes” option to restart the system then click OK. Setup is then automatically restarted. Caution You must reboot your system if you encounter the reboot message. If you do not reboot your system, Setup will encounter failures during engine and utilities configuration. 4-2 Before You Begin If you have any trouble with the following installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” 4-3 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows Installing Pervasive PSQL Server You must install the Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows at the server itself; you cannot install it remotely from a client machine. Note If the installation fails before the program copies any files to the target installation directory, the installation log file (psqlinst.log) can be found in the Windows directory. This directory is often c:\windows or c:\winnt. ³ To install Pervasive PSQL Server on a Windows machine: 1 Launch the installation selection program from your Windows machine. a. Insert the Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows CD in the CD-ROM drive of your Windows server. b. If the installation does not start automatically, click Start then Run, and type drive:\autorun\autorun where drive is the drive letter of your CD-ROM device. The installation selection dialog displays. 2 Click the button for the “Windows Server” installation. The installation program begins its initial preparation. After the preparation completes, the Welcome screen appears. If a dialog appears advising you that a reboot is required, see “Installation Tips” on page 4-2. 4-4 3 Click Next to proceed with the installation. 4 Read the Software License Agreement. 5 Click the “accept” option to enable the Next button. Installing Pervasive PSQL Server Figure 4-1 Pervasive Software’s Software License Agreement 6 Click Next. A dialog appears on which you specify a license key. 7 Type, or paste, a license key into the License field, or install the default evaluation license. Figure 4-2 Applying the User Count License Your Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Server is set to the number of users specified in the license key. Note If you do not yet have a license key or it is not with you at the moment, you can still continue with the installation by using an evaluation license. Click Next to evaluate the product for a trial period The trial version license is valid for 30 days, then expires. You may run the License Administrator utility at a later time to view or install a user count license key. The License Administrator utility is documented in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide in the section “License Administrator” on page 4-1. 4-5 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows 8 Click the setup type desired: Complete or Custom (the default is Complete). Figure 4-3 Setup Type Dialog Box The Complete installation, which is recommended for most users, takes default actions for operations performed during the installation. The Complete server installation installs the following components to drive C: Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 engine (including ODBC interface) Client requesters (MS-DOS, Win32) Pervasive PSQL Control Center Utilities Transactional and Relational interfaces Online documentation in JavaHelp format Note Client installation images for Windows and Linux are not part of the server installation. You must run a separate installation program for Pervasive PSQL clients. See “Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows” on page 5-1 for more information. The Custom installation is typically for advanced users. It allows you to specify the installation location, select the components to install, and determine the space requirements for the components. 9 Click Next, then continue based on your choice of Complete or Custom: 4-6 If you choose a Complete install, continue with the next step. Installing Pervasive PSQL Server If you choose a Custom install, skip now to “Custom Installation Path” on page 4-13. At the end of that section you will return to this set of steps to continue the installation. At this point, if you want, you may click Back to change or review any of the installation settings, or click Cancel to exit the installation program. After you click Install, you may still exit the installation, but you will be unable to change or review settings. 10 Click Install. If required, close any running applications that may interfere with the Pervasive PSQL installation. A dialog box appears if applications are running that can interfere with the installation of Pervasive PSQL. Figure 4-4 Example Dialog Box for Programs that May Interfere Decide how to continue with the installation. Your choices are: a. To exit all of the programs that may interfere, then click Next. b. Not to exit all of the programs that may interfere, then click Ignore. Note Next does not proceed with the installation unless you exit all programs that will interfere. If you wish to leave one or more programs running that may interfere, you must click Ignore to continue. Unpredictable results may occur during the Pervasive PSQL installation if you ignore programs that may interfere. If no running applications interfere with the Pervasive PSQL installation, the installation process continues. A dialog box appears that gives you a status. 4-7 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows Figure 4-5 Installation Status Dialog Box Installation actions include, but are not limited to, the following: Script operations Component registration File copying Shortcut creation System registry updates Sample database creation After the initial actions, the installation process launches the Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA) Wizard. The PSA Wizard allows you to test the transactional and relational interfaces. These tests ensure that your database engine is working as expected. By default, the option for the transactional tests is selected. Figure 4-6 Transactional Engine Test 11 Click Next to run the transactional tests and to see the results. PSA performs a series of tasks to ensure that the transactional engine is working properly. 4-8 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server PSA displays a check mark for each test that passes and an X for each task that fails during the transaction engine test. A summary report is also provided in the information window, as shown in the following figure. Figure 4-7 Transactional Engine Test Results from PSA 12 Once your transactional tests are successful, click Next to proceed with the PSA Wizard. PSA is now ready to ensure that the relational engine is working properly. Figure 4-8 Relational Engine Test Note that the tests use your current machine name and the sample demodata database. Use these values unless you specifically wish to test a different database. To test a different database, enter the Machine Name and Engine DSN for the engine data you want to test. 13 Click Next to run the relational tests and to see the results. 4-9 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows PSA displays a check mark for each test that passes and an X for each task that fails during the relational engine test. A summary report is also provided in the information window, as shown in the following figure. Figure 4-9 Relational Engine Test Results from PSA 14 Once your relational engine tests are successful, click Next. The final dialog of the PSA Wizard displays and provides a summary of the tasks completed by the Wizard. If you want to view the PSA log file, it is named by default PSALog.txt and is located by default at <OSdrive>\Program Files\Common Files\Pervasive Software Shared\PSA, where <OSdrive> is the drive letter where your operating system is installed. 15 Click Finish to complete the PSA Wizard. The final dialog of the Installation Wizard displays along with a registration page. 16 Register your product. Pervasive Software recommends that you register your product to receive news about future updates, and other timely information. You can also register later using a web, e-mail, or print-based registration form. 4-10 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server Figure 4-10 Product Registration Page If you did not read the README file prior to installation as described in “Before You Begin” on page 4-2, please do so now from the registration page. 17 Click Readme on the registration page to read the README file. Figure 4-11 View Readme 18 Close the Registration page (click the “X” in the upper right corner). 19 Click Finish to complete the Installation Wizard. If installed files could not be copied because they were locked in memory, a reboot may be necessary at this point. Setup only prompts for a reboot if a locked file or some other event was detected that requires a reboot. Please reboot your system if prompted to do so in order to ensure proper operation of your Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 product. 4-11 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows Note If you have any trouble with the installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” The installation program modifies the PATH and CLASSPATH environment variables at the end of the installation process. These settings control how your Windows operating system finds Pervasive components. OnWindows 32-bit platforms, these environment variables are stored in System information, which you access from the Control Panel. Thank you for choosing Pervasive PSQL. What to do Next See “Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL” on page 4-16. 4-12 Custom Installation Path Custom Installation Path This section describes how to customize your installation of Pervasive PSQL. This topic continues a discussion from step 9 on page 4-6. 1 Click on a feature’s icon to display the installation choices. For example, the following image shows the choices if you click on the Windows Client icon. Figure 4-12 Example of Installation Choices 2 Decide how you want to install each program feature and click that choice Installation Choice Meaning This feature will be installed on local hard drive. The feature’s components, and subfeatures if you choose, are installed on the machine running the installation program. This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed on local hard drive. This feature will not be available. The feature’s components are excluded from the installation. You may exclude any of the following: Pervasive PSQL Control Center, including the JavaHelp documentation Other Utilities (except for a minimum set) 4-13 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows A minimum set of utilities is installed as part of the Pervasive PSQL Server Option. This set includes Function Executor, Database Password Utility (pvdbpass), Network Password Utility (pvnetpass), and the following command-line interface (CLI) utilities: Maintenance, Rebuild, and License Administrator. If you exclude utilities, you will be unable to configure your Pervasive PSQL Server product. The product is installed using all default values. In addition to no configuration ability, other restrictions apply. For example, no wizards will be available. We recommend that you include the utilities unless you are certain that you do not require the functionality provided by them. The following utilities are not installed if you exclude them. Pervasive PSQL Control Center (PCC) Table Editor SQL Editor All wizards Monitor, GUI Maintenance, and GUI Rebuild GUI License Administrator Client machines require the client requesters to access database files on a Pervasive PSQL Server machine. You can install clients from the CD media. 3 Optionally, change the location where the Pervasive PSQL Server product and its features are installed. The default installation location is C:\PVSW, assuming the Windows system drive is C. To specify a different location for the installation, click Change, specify a location, then click OK. You may select only one installation location for the entire product. The Change button is disabled for a feature if you choose not to install that feature. 4 Optionally, click on a feature to check the amount of storage space it requires. The space required appears on the right: 4-14 Custom Installation Path Figure 4-13 Location of Space Required Values 5 Optionally, check the amount of storage space available on the physical drives. Click Space. The resulting dialog shows you by storage volume, the total disk space, the available disk space, the space required for the feature, and difference between the available space and space required. Click OK after you finish checking storage capacity. 6 Click Next. A dialog appears that informs you the installation program is ready to begin installing files. At this point, if you want, you may click Back to change or review any of the installation settings, or click Cancel to exit the installation program. After you click Install, you may still exit the installation, but you will be unable to change or review settings. The Custom path rejoins the Complete installation path at this point. Continue with Step 10 on page 4-7. 4-15 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL This section contains information that you should read after running the installation program. If you are having problems with your installation, go to Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation,” or get help online from our Knowledge Base website at http://support.pervasive.com/eSupport. How Do I Read the Online Documentation? The documentation for Win32 platforms is in JavaHelp format. You access the documentation from the Pervasive program on the Start menu. Note that JavaHelp requires a Java Runtime Environment (JRE), which is installed by default with the Pervasive PSQL Server or Pervasive PSQL Client. You can also view the documentation in the form of Adobe Acrobat (PDF) files. These PDF files are available on the Pervasive PSQL installation media in the “Books” directory. A README file in the root directory of the distribution media lists important last-minute information. How Do I Verify or Update My User License? The License Administrator utility is documented in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide in the section “License Administrator” on page 4-1. Please refer to that document for information on user licenses. Where To Go From Here 4-16 Continue with your Pervasive PSQL deployment by installing and configuring the client requesters for the machines that will connect to this server. Review Chapter 5, “Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows.” Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL Server Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL Server The uninstall program removes all Pervasive PSQL Server components from your system that were added by the installation program. The uninstall program does not remove the following: Databases that you create under the Pervasive PSQL Server installation directory (which is C:\PVSW by default). DSNs and database names associated with those databases. Databases in locations other than the Pervasive PSQL Server installation directory. DSNs and database names associated with those databases. The system databases TEMPDB, SYSTEMDB, and DEFAULTDB, and sample database DEMODATA. ³ To uninstall Pervasive PSQL Server: 1 Access Add/Remove Programs from Control Panel on your Windows operating system. 2 Click Pervasive PSQL Server in the list. 3 Click the button to remove a program. The button may be labeled Add/Remove or Remove. Depending on your operating system, the uninstall program may begin the uninstall process when you click Remove. If so, skip to Step 8; otherwise, continue with the next step. 4 Click Next. 5 Click the Remove option (if it is not already selected). Figure 4-14 Uninstall Remove Option 6 Click Next. 4-17 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows A dialog appears that informs you the program is ready to begin removing Pervasive PSQL Server. At this point, if you want, you may click Back to change or review any of the settings, or click Cancel to exit the uninstall program. 4-18 7 Click Remove to begin the uninstall process. 8 Click Finish when the uninstall program completes. 9 Reboot your system if prompted to do so. chapter Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows 5 How to Install Pervasive PSQL Client Requester Software for Connecting to Servers This chapter contains the following topics: “Before You Begin” on page 5-2 “Understanding Client Requesters” on page 5-3 “Installing the Pervasive PSQL Client Components” on page 5-6 “Custom Installation Path” on page 5-14 “Where To Go From Here” on page 5-16 “Installing DOS Requesters” on page 5-17 5-1 Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows Before You Begin This section contains information with which you need to be familiar to successfully install Pervasive PSQL. If you have not already, review the following documents before installing Pervasive PSQL client requesters: 5-2 Chapter 2, “Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL” - This chapter provides important information, including system requirements and platform specific notes, relevant to your operation. README - This file is located on the distribution media and contains late-breaking product news that could not be included in the product documentation. Understanding Client Requesters Understanding Client Requesters A workstation that needs to access database files is considered a client to the machine running the Pervasive PSQL Server product. A piece of software called a client requester, or requester for short, is required to access database files from a Pervasive PSQL database server. Your application’s Pervasive PSQL calls go through the requester, which sends them to the Pervasive PSQL Server for processing and then returns the reply to your application. Refer to the README file provided with the product for a list of the platforms on which Pervasive PSQL requesters are supported. The requesters use the TCP, SPX or NetBIOS protocols to communicate with the server MicroKernel, depending on the type of server you have. Ensure that your workstation has the appropriate network protocol software installed. Note Clients using DOS operating systems will have only transactional access to the data files. No relational access is available for this platform. Types of Windows Requesters Pervasive PSQL includes the following types of requesters for Windows: DOS Trace WIN32 You do not load or unload the Requester explicitly (except for the DOS requester); the system loads the Requester with the first application call to Pervasive PSQL and unloads the Requester when you exit your application. DOS Requesters This type of requester is used for applications that run under the DOS operating system. You may install only the DOS requesters if that is all you require. See“Installing DOS Requesters” on page 5-17. 5-3 Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows Trace Requesters Trace requesters are used for troubleshooting (tracing) client problems at a low level. Generally, you will never need to perform this type of tracing. The low-level tracing is intended for use by trained support staff. Your product vendor or Pervasive Software Support will direct you on how to conduct low-level client tracing, which includes how to use the trace requesters. Note that the tools provided with Pervasive Software solve most troubleshooting issues. For example, you would run the network connectivity tests in Pervasive System Analyzer to verify network connectivity. Also at your disposal is the Pervasive Knowledge Base (http://support.pervasive.com/eSupport), through which you may search for information about particular client issues. WIN32 Requesters This type of requester is used for applications that run under a Windows 32-bit operating system. Installation You have two choices for installing the requesters: install all three types or install only the DOS requesters. A single installation program installs all three types of requesters to a client workstation. In addition, a set of Pervasive PSQL utilities is installed and a set of Pervasive PSQL documentation. By default, the requesters and most of the utilities are installed to C:\PVSW. You may change the location during the installation process. The documentation set, Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA), and some common files are installed to Program Files\Common Files\Pervasive Software Shared. If you require only the DOS requesters. See“Installing DOS Requesters” on page 5-17. Configuration The configuration of requesters is covered in Chapter 18, “Configuring Network Communications for Clients.” Existing Configuration Settings If you have an existing installation of the Pervasive PSQL client software on your computer, nearly all of the client configuration values are automatically migrated to the client configuration during 5-4 Understanding Client Requesters the installation process. There are two exceptions that are not migrated, shown in Table 5-1. Table 5-1 Configuration Setting Values not Migrated Configuration Setting Client Access Use IDS Server Address Table (SAT), not available in Configuration but stored in Windows Registry Value Off. Because most customers do not use the idshosts file, by default this setting is turned off to improve performance. If you use the idshosts file, you must turn this setting On. See “Use IDS” on page 5-45 in Advanced Operations Guide. The SAT keeps a record of the computers where database servers have been detected or not detected, to improve connection time. This registry key is reset during the installation and will be re-populated over time as you connect to the servers in your environment. 5-5 Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows Installing the Pervasive PSQL Client Components ³ To install the Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 client software: 1 Launch the installation selection program from your Windows machine. c. Insert the Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows CD in the CD-ROM drive of your Windows server. d. If the installation does not start automatically, click Start then Run, and type drive:\autorun\autorun where drive is the drive letter of your CD-ROM device. The installation selection dialog displays. 2 Click the button for the “Client” installation. The installation program begins its initial preparation. After the preparation completes, the Welcome screen appears. 3 Click Next to proceed with the installation. 4 Click the setup type desired: Complete or Custom (the default is Complete). Figure 5-1 Setup Type Dialog Box The Complete installation, which is recommended for most users, takes default actions for operations performed during the installation. The Complete server installation installs the following components to the local machine: 5-6 Transactional and relational interfaces Client requesters (DOS, Trace, and Win32 requesters) Utilities Online documentation in JavaHelp format Installing the Pervasive PSQL Client Components The Custom installation is typically for advanced users. It allows you to specify the installation location, select the components to install, and determine the space requirements for the components. 5 Click Next, then continue based on your choice of Complete or Custom: If you choose a Complete install, continue with the next step. If you choose a Custom install, skip now to “Custom Installation Path” on page 5-14. At the end of that section you will return to this set of steps to continue the installation. At this point, if you want, you may click Back to change or review any of the installation settings, or click Cancel to exit the installation program. After you click Install, you may still exit the installation, but you will be unable to change or review settings. 6 Click Install. 7 If required, close any running applications that may interfere with the Pervasive PSQL installation. A dialog box appears if applications are running that can interfere with the installation of Pervasive PSQL. Figure 5-2 Example Dialog Box for Programs that May Interfere Decide how to continue with the installation. Your choices are: a. To exit all of the programs that may interfere, then click Next. b. Not to exit all of the programs that may interfere, then click Ignore. 5-7 Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows Note Next does not proceed with the installation unless you exit all programs that will interfere. If you wish to leave one or more programs running that may interfere, you must click Ignore to continue. Unpredictable results may occur during the Pervasive PSQL installation if you ignore programs that may interfere. If installed files could not be copied because they were locked in memory, a reboot may be necessary at this point. Setup only prompts for a reboot if a locked file or some other event was detected that requires a reboot. Please reboot your system if prompted to do so in order to ensure proper operation of your Pervasive PSQL product. If no running applications interfere with the Pervasive PSQL installation, the installation process continues. A dialog box appears that gives you a status. Figure 5-3 Installation Status Dialog Box Installation actions include, but are not limited to, the following: Script operations Component registration File copying Shortcut creation System registry updates After the initial actions, the installation process launches the Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA) Wizard. The PSA Wizard can also test network communications from the client machine to the machine running Pervasive PSQL Server. The Wizard initiates this test automatically. 8 5-8 Test the network communications from the client machine to the machine running Pervasive PSQL Server. Installing the Pervasive PSQL Client Components For Target Machine, type the name or IP address of the machine running Pervasive PSQL Server. For example, the following example shows that the machine name is MachineA. Figure 5-4 Network Communication Test The communication test transmits a series of 75 test messages between the two machines. Click Advanced Settings if you want to change the number of messages transmitted or the type of protocol used for the communication test. 9 Click Next. Figure 5-5 Network Transmission of Test Messages After all test messages are transmitted and received correctly, a dialog confirms that all messages were successfully transmitted. Figure 5-6 Successful Transmission of Test Messages 10 Click Next. The PSA Wizard also allows you to test the transactional and relational interfaces. These tests ensure that the database engine on the machine running Pervasive PSQL Server is working as expected. 5-9 Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows Figure 5-7 Transactional Engine Test By default, the option for the transactional tests is selected. 11 Type the location of the Pervasive PSQL samples directory on the machine running Pervasive PSQL Server. By default, the directory is located on the server at C:\PVSW\samples. Suppose, for example, that you have mapped drive “P” to the machine running Pervasive PSQL Server. You would specify the samples directory as shown in the figure above. 12 Click Next to run the transactional tests and to see the results. PSA performs a series of tasks to ensure that the transactional engine is working properly. PSA displays a check mark for each test that passes and an X for each task that fails during the transaction engine test. A summary report is also provided in the information window, as shown in the following figure. Figure 5-8 Transactional Engine Test Results from PSA 5-10 Installing the Pervasive PSQL Client Components 13 Once your transactional tests are successful, click Next to proceed with the PSA Wizard. PSA is now ready to ensure that the relational engine is working properly. Figure 5-9 Relational Engine Test If necessary for Machine Name, type the name of the machine running Pervasive PSQL Server. Note that the test uses the sample demodata database. 14 Click Next to run the relational tests and to see the results. PSA displays a check mark for each test that passes and an X for each task that fails during the relational engine test. A summary report is also provided in the information window, as shown in the following figure. Figure 5-10 Relational Engine Test Results from PSA 15 Once your relational engine tests are successful, click Next. The final dialog of the PSA Wizard displays and provides a summary of the tasks completed by the Wizard. 5-11 Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows If you want to view the PSA log file, it is named by default PSALog.txt and is located by default at <OSdrive>\Program Files\Common Files\Pervasive Software Shared\PSA, where <OSdrive> is the drive letter where your operating system is installed. 16 Click Finish to complete the PSA Wizard. The final dialog of the Installation Wizard displays along with a registration page. 17 Register your product. Pervasive Software recommends that you register your product to receive news about future updates, and other timely information. You can also register later using a web, e-mail, or print-based registration form. Figure 5-11 Product Registration Page If you did not read the README file prior to installation as described in “Before You Begin” on page 4-2, please do so now from the registration page. 18 Click Readme on the registration page to read the README file. 5-12 Installing the Pervasive PSQL Client Components Figure 5-12 View Readme 19 Close the Registration page (click the “X” in the upper right corner). 20 Click Finish to complete the Installation Wizard. Thank you for choosing Pervasive PSQL. Restarting Your You should restart your Windows machine at the end of the Computer After installation process if any of the following are true: Installation The installation program prompts you to reboot. This may be due to installed files that could not be copied because they were locked in memory. You are using Windows 98 or Windows ME Note The install program modifies the PATH and CLASSPATH variables at the end of the installation process. These settings control how Windows finds Pervasive components. On Windows 32-bit platforms, environment variables are stored as part of System information, which you access from the Control Panel. 5-13 Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows Custom Installation Path This section describes how to customize your installation of Pervasive PSQL client components. This topic continues a discussion from step 5 on page 5-7. 1 Decide if you want to exclude utilities. A minimum set of utilities is installed as part of the Pervasive PSQL client. This set includes the Password Utility and the following command-line interface (CLI) utilities: Maintenance, Rebuild, and License Administrator. If you exclude the optional utilities, you will be unable to configure your requester. The product is installed using all default values. In addition to no configuration ability, other restrictions apply. For example, no wizards will be available. We recommended that you include the utilities unless you are certain that you do not require the functionality provided by them. The following utilities are not installed if you exclude them. 2 Pervasive PSQL Control Center (PCC) and JavaHelp documentation Table Editor and SQL Editor All wizards Monitor, GUI Maintenance, and GUI Rebuild GUI License Administrator Click on a feature’s icon to display the installation choices. Figure 5-13 Example of Installation Choices (Client Components) 3 5-14 Click the desired installation choice. Custom Installation Path 4 If desired, change the location where the Pervasive PSQL requester components are installed. The default installation location is C:\PVSW, assuming the Windows system drive is C. To specify a different location for the installation, click Change, specify a location, then click OK. You may select only one installation location for the entire product. The Change button is disabled for a feature if you choose not to install that feature. 5 If desired, click on a feature to check the amount of storage space it requires. The space required appears on the right: Figure 5-14 Location of Space Required Values 6 If desired, check the amount of storage space available on the physical drives. Click Space. The resulting dialog shows you by storage volume, the total disk space, the available disk space, the space required for the feature, and difference between the available space and space required. Click OK after you finish checking storage capacity. 7 Click Next. A dialog appears that informs you the installation program is ready to begin installing files. At this point, if you want, you may click Back to change or review any of the installation settings, or click Cancel to exit the installation program. After you click Install, you may still exit the installation, but you will be unable to change or review settings. The Custom path rejoins the Complete installation path at this point. Continue with Step 6 on page 5-7. 5-15 Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows Where To Go From Here A proper configuration is essential to smooth operation of your requester software. See Chapter 18, “Configuring Network Communications for Clients” for detailed information on how to configure Pervasive PSQL requesters. If you need to install DOS requesters, please continue reading this chapter. See “Installing DOS Requesters” on page 5-17. 5-16 Installing DOS Requesters Installing DOS Requesters Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 supports DOS Btrieve applications in several different ways. This, however, depends on the current configuration and environment of the workstation. Available Requesters The following choices are available: Win32 DOS Box support: Allows a DOS application to run in a DOS box on a Windows NT or Windows 98 workstation. This enables direct communication to the Windows 32-bit workstation components rather than to the database engine. This configuration can be used with either a local Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Workgroup engine, or a remote Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 server engine. The TCP/IP or SPX protocol supported for client/server access depends on the configuration of the Windows 32-bit components. DOS TCP/IP requester (BREQTCP): Allows a DOS application to run in any Windows DOS box or on a DOS workstation, and communicate to a remote Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 server engine via the TCP/IP protocol. DOS SPX requester (BREQUEST or BREQNT): Allows a DOS application to run in any Windows DOS box or on a DOS workstation, and communicate to a remote Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 server engine via the SPX protocol. There are different reasons for using these different options, including: Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Workgroup engine only supports the Win32 DOS Box configuration. DOS operating system requires the DOS TCP/IP or SPX requesters when accessing a remote server engine. A particular environment may have only one of the supported protocols available. Windows 98/ME and 32-bit Platforms The preferred requester for Windows 98/ME and 32-bit platforms is BTRBOX. You can use this Requester even for legacy DOS applications. 5-17 Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows Note Use the BREQUEST/BREQNT/BREQTCP Requesters ONLY if you experience a problem with BTRBOX. Win16 and DOS Workstations The Requesters for non-Win32 boxes are: BREQUEST BREQNT BREQTCP If you experience problems with these requesters, see “Alternate DOS Requesters” on page 5-18. Installation of the DOS Requesters ³ To install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 client software on a DOS client: Note Clients using the DOS operating system will have only transactional access to the data files. No relational access is available for this platform. Installation of the DOS requesters is a matter of copying the files to the desired directory on your hard drive. 1 Find the “Client” directory on the Pervasive PSQL installation media. 2 Copy the contents of “DOS” directory to the desired directory on your hard drive. To configure your DOS requesters, go to “Using the DOS Requesters” on page 18-23. Alternate DOS Requesters Functionality was added to BREQUEST.EXE, BREQNT.EXE and BREQTCP.EXE starting in versions Pervasive.SQL 2000i (SP3) to allow them to access newer Novell NetWare Client APIs to obtain information about the user's rights to files being Opened or Created. This reduced the time required to Open or Create a file by approximately two seconds. On some DOS machines, however, these improved executable files do not function correctly and the following issues may result: 5-18 Installing DOS Requesters Status 20 (the Microkernel or Btrieve Router is inactive) Status 91 (application encountered a server error) Status 94 (application encountered a permission error) EMM386 error #12 and EMM386 general protection faults (GPF). If you experience any of these issues using the standard DOS requesters, there are two possible solutions: Upgrade the Novell NetWare Client to those Novell shipped with NetWare 5.0 or later. Use the alternate DOS requesters. Pervasive includes versions of the BREQ*.EXE executable files that do not include the newer NetWare API calls. These executable files are in the DOS\ALT directory on the Pervasive PSQL installation media (under the “Clients” folder). Replace the BREQ*.EXE files on your DOS requester with the alternate files. 5-19 Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows 5-20 chapter Network Communication with Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows 6 Network Communications for a Windows-based Pervasive PSQL Server This chapter identifies the network communication settings for your database server engine and how to set protocol support for your network. “Determining What Kind of Network You Have” on page 6-2 “Network Communication Settings” on page 6-3 “Setting Up TCP/IP Support” on page 6-4 “Setting Up SPX Support” on page 6-6 “Avoiding Unavailable Protocols” on page 6-8 6-1 Network Communication with Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows Determining What Kind of Network You Have This section explains how to determine the network protocol that you should use with the database engine. If you already know what protocol or protocols are supported on your network, you can skip this section. Server Engine on Windows If your network is 100% Microsoft, and you have a database Server engine, then your network probably uses TCP/IP. The Server engine does not support NetBIOS. You can run applications over SPX on Microsoft networks if the applications use only the Pervasive PSQL transactional interface. The use of ODBC applications over SPX requires a NetWare server for name resolution. If you do not have a NetWare server on your network, you may not use SPX for ODBC applications. (Applications that use the relational interface.) Server Engine on NetWare If you have a NetWare network, you must determine whether it is running SPX, TCP/IP, or both. You can find out whether TCP/IP is supported by checking to see if TCPIP.NLM is loaded on the server. Server Engine on Linux Linux engines support only TCP/IP. 6-2 Network Communication Settings Network Communication Settings This section references server configuration settings that are related to network communication. Configuration settings are properties of the server engine. You specify configuration settings with PCC or a command line utility. See “Changing Your Configuration” on page 4-1 in Advanced Operations Guide. See the following configuration settings for network communication: “Auto Reconnect Timeout” on page 5-16 in Advanced Operations Guide. “Enable Auto Reconnect (Windows/NetWare only)” on page 516 in Advanced Operations Guide. “Listen IP Address” on page 5-17 in Advanced Operations Guide. “Supported Protocols” on page 5-17 in Advanced Operations Guide. “TCP/IP Multihomed” on page 5-18 in Advanced Operations Guide. “TCP/IP Port” on page 5-18 in Advanced Operations Guide. 6-3 Network Communication with Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows Setting Up TCP/IP Support By default, TCP/IP is supported between Pervasive PSQL clients and remote database engines. If you have modified the default settings or need to verify that TCP/IP support is available, refer to this section. Note To perform any of the tasks in this section, you must have full administrator-level rights on the machine where the database engine is running, or be a member of the Pervasive_Admin group defined on the machine where the database engine is running. ³ Enabling TCP/IP Support Complete the following steps to ensure that the database engine can communicate with clients over TCP/IP networks. Remember that you also need to confirm that your client computers are configured to use TCP/IP, as well. See Chapter 18, “Configuring Network Communications for Clients.” 1 Start Pervasive PSQL Control Center (PCC) from the Pervasive program on the Start menu. 2 In the PCC Pervasive PSQL Explorer, double-click Engines to display a list of the engines registered with PCC. 3 Right-click on the icon representing your target engine then click Properties. Login if prompted. Click on Communication Protocols. In the window to the right, a list of Supported protocols displays. If the list of supported protocols shows the option TCP/ IP as checked, then TCP/IP is already supported. Skip the remaining steps in this task. If the list of selected protocols does not show the option TCP/IP as checked, complete the remaining steps. 6-4 4 Click the option for TCP/IP in the list of supported protocols. 5 Click OK. 6 Click Yes to restart the database engine. Setting Up TCP/IP Support ³ Enabling Multihomed TCP/IP Support Follow this procedure if your Windows server computer has two network cards installed. 1 Start Pervasive PSQL Control Center (PCC) from the Pervasive program on the Start menu. 2 In the PCC Pervasive PSQL Explorer, double-click Engines to display a list of the engines registered with PCC. If the engine you want to configure is not listed, right-click on Engines and click New Server. Provide a server name or IP address then click Finish. 3 Right-click on the icon representing your target engine then click Properties. Login if prompted. 4 Click on Communication Protocols. In the window to the right, you can see the current setting for TCP/IP Multihomed. 5 If you want the server engine to listen for client connections on both network cards, click the option for TCP/IP Multihomed. If you only have one network card, this setting is ignored. If you want the server engine to listen on only one card, deselect (uncheck) the option. 6 Click OK. 7 Click Yes to restart the database engine. You do not need to make any changes to client settings. Note If your server computer has two network cards, and you set the value of TCP/IP Multihomedto Off, you must edit the setting Listen IP Address and specify the TCP/IP address of the card on which you want the database engine to listen. If you do not specify an IP address, the database engine will not receive communications from either network card. 6-5 Network Communication with Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows Setting Up SPX Support SPX is supported between Pervasive PSQL clients and servers. If you have modified the default settings or need to verify that SPX support is available, refer to this section. Your network’s SPX Frame Type setting does not have any effect on Pervasive PSQL. Note In order to perform any of the tasks in this section, you must have administrative rights on the NetWare server, or be a member of the Pervasive_Admin group defined on the server. ³ Enabling SPX Support Complete the following steps to ensure that the database server engine can communicate with clients over SPX networks. Remember that you also need to confirm that your client computers are configured to use SPX, as well. See Chapter 18, “Configuring Network Communications for Clients.” Note In an all-Microsoft environment, SPX can be used with applications that use only the Pervasive PSQL transactional interface. With ODBC applications that use the relational interface, a NetWare server must be present to provide name resolution for SPX. Applications that use only the transactional interface do not require name resolution with SPX. 6-6 1 Start Pervasive PSQL Control Center (PCC) from the Pervasive program on the Start menu. 2 In the PCC Pervasive PSQL Explorer, double-click Engines to display a list of the engines registered with PCC. 3 Right-click on the icon representing your target engine then click Properties. Login if prompted. 4 Click on Communication Protocols. Setting Up SPX Support 5 In the window to the right, a list of Supported protocols displays. If the list of supported protocols shows the option SPX as checked, then SPX is already supported. Skip the remaining steps in this task. If the list of selected protocols does not show the option SPX as checked, complete the remaining steps. 6 Click the option for SPX 7 Click OK. 8 Click Yes to restart the database engine. 6-7 Network Communication with Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows Avoiding Unavailable Protocols It may be possible to improve performance on the initial connection to the database by disabling database communication support for any protocols that are not available on your network or that you do not wish to use. Note In order to perform any of the tasks in this section, you must have full administrator-level rights on the machine where the database engine is running, or be a member of the Pervasive_Admin group defined on the machine where the database engine is running. ³ To Remove Support for a Specific Network Protocol Remember that you also need to confirm that your client computers are configured to use same protocol(s) as the database engine. See Chapter 18, “Configuring Network Communications for Clients.” Note This task does not affect your operating system configuration in any way. This this prevents only the database communication system from attempting to communication on unavailable or undesired protocols. 6-8 1 Start Pervasive PSQL Control Center (PCC) from the Pervasive program on the Start menu. 2 In the PCC Pervasive PSQL Explorer, double-click Engines to display a list of the engines registered with PCC. 3 Right-click on the icon representing your target engine then click Properties. Login if prompted. 4 Click on Communication Protocols. 5 In the window to the right, a list of Supported protocols displays. Protocols for which the option is selected (check marked) are considered available for use by the database engine. 6 If the list of selected protocols includes any protocols that are not supported on your network or that you do not wish to use, uncheck the option for that protocol. Avoiding Unavailable Protocols You must leave at least one protocol selected in the Selected protocols list. 7 Click OK. 8 Click Yes to restart the database engine. 6-9 Network Communication with Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows 6-10 chapter Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Windows 7 Instructions for Upgrading an Existing Pervasive PSQL Installation This chapter contains information specific for upgrading your current Pervasive product installation to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. The number of required steps in the upgrade process is small, but depending on your environment, it can be a time-consuming process. This chapter contains the following sections: “Before You Begin” on page 7-2 “Upgrading to Pervasive PSQL Server from Earlier Pervasive PSQL Versions or Btrieve 6.x” on page 7-5 “Custom Installation Path,” on page 7-14 “Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL” on page 7-17 Throughout this document, when an explicit version number is not specified (for example: Pervasive.SQL 7, Pervasive.SQL 2000, or Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2), all versions are included. 7-1 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Windows Before You Begin Before upgrading to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2, begin by reviewing the following documents for important information: R Chapter 2, “Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL” - This chapter provides important information including system requirements and platform specific notes that are relevant to your operation. R README file - This file is located on the distribution media and contains late-breaking product news that could not be included in the product documentation. Considerations Once you have reviewed the latest product information, review this list of considerations to complete your upgrade installation preparation. R Pervasive PSQL Applications - Be aware of what applications you have currently using previous versions of Btrieve or Pervasive PSQL in your environment. Remember to include both client and server-based applications. R Vendor-Specific Information - Be sure and check with your application vendors for any specific information regarding their product with Pervasive PSQL. R TCP/IP Protocol - DOS applications require different requesters, preferably BTRBOX95, BTRDRVR, or BREQTCP. Requesters or Server First? - Pervasive's upgrade and support policy dictates that you should always use requesters that are the same version as your Server database engine. Typically, a client requester that is an older version than the database engine with which it interacts will work. In some situations, depending on the type of SDK access method used by your application, an older version requester will not work with the database engine. Your application will be unable to communicate with the database engine. For those situations, you must use client requesters that are the same version as the database engine. See “Engine and Client Version Conflicts” on page 19-12. 7-2 Before You Begin Therefore, Pervasive recommends that you upgrade your requesters along with your server engine. You should install the server first and immediately upgrade all the client machines. R New Features and File Rebuilding - In order to make use of all the new version features, you must rebuild your data files so that they use the newest version file format. Advanced Operations Guide includes a chapter that details using the Rebuild Utility to rebuild your data files, if you would like to take advantage of newer features. R Back Up Data Files - Make sure you have a current backup of all your data files prior to beginning upgrade installation. Platform Notes This section contains installation information specific to the Windows platform. Migration of Existing Configuration Settings To install Pervasive PSQL for Windows, you must have full administrator-level rights on the machine where you will install the product. You need administrative rights to make the client installation directories available to your workstations. If you want your individual client machines to install the requesters from the server, you must copy the requester programs from the Pervasive PSQL installation media to folders on the server and give the clients permission to access those folders. Refer to the “Clients” folder on the installation media. You can also install clients directly from the installation media. During the installation process, all of your existing server configuration values are migrated to the new server engine, with several exceptions. The exceptions are documented in Table 7-1. Table 7-1 Configuration Setting Values not Migrated Configuration Setting Value in V8 Server Debugging File Location C:\pvsw\bin\mkde.tra [default]; or bin\mkde.tra file in selected installation directory. Trace Server Directories Transaction Log Directory C:\pvsw\bin\mkde\log [default]; or bin\mkde\log subdirectory of selected installation directory. Server Compatibility Create File Version 9.x. By default, new data files are always created in the most recent file format. 7-3 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Windows Table 7-1 Configuration Setting Values not Migrated Installing Over Existing Pervasive Products Configuration Setting Value in V8 Server Memory Usage System Cache Off. With the addition of Level 2 database cache in V8, the system cache should not be used. Server Data Integrity Transaction Durability Off. With the addition of a new setting, Transaction Logging (default: On), Transaction Durability is not needed to ensure multi-file transaction atomicity and data integrity. If your application requires true Transaction Durability, you will need to use Configuration to turn this setting On. Accessing README file information 7-4 If you are upgrading from older product versions such as Btrieve 6.15 and wish to make use of all the new version features, you must rebuild your data files so they use the latest file format. See “Converting Data Files” on page 14-1 in Advanced Operations Guide section for detailed information on how to use the Rebuild Utilities to convert your data files. If you install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 over an existing version such as Pervasive.SQL V8, Pervasive.SQL 2000, or Btrieve 6.15, then those products will be archived when you install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 so that there are no component conflicts. You can use Pervasive System Analyzer later to restore the archived products if necessary. Your licenses from previous Pervasive products are not migrated to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. If you have any trouble with the following installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” It is highly recommended that you go through the README file to find out the latest changes and additions to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. The README file is located in the root directory of the installation media. Upgrading to Pervasive PSQL Server from Earlier Pervasive PSQL Versions or Btrieve 6.x Upgrading to Pervasive PSQL Server from Earlier Pervasive PSQL Versions or Btrieve 6.x You must install the Pervasive PSQL Server upgrade at the server itself; you cannot install it remotely from a client machine. Note If the installation fails before the program copies any files to the target installation directory, the installation log file (psqlinst.log) can be found in the directory specified by the %TEMP% environment variable. This directory is often c:\windows\temp or c:\winnt\temp. ³ To upgrade to Pervasive PSQL Server: 1 Launch the installation selection program from your Windows machine. c. Insert the Pervasive PSQL Server for Windows CD in the CD-ROM drive of your Windows server. d. If the installation does not start automatically, click Start then Run, and type drive:\autorun\autorun where drive is the drive letter of your CD-ROM device. The installation selection dialog displays. 2 Click the button for the “Server” installation. The installation program begins its initial preparation. After the preparation completes, the Welcome screen appears. If a dialog appears advising you that a reboot is required, see “Installation Tips” on page 4-2. 3 Click Next to proceed with the installation. 4 Read the Software License Agreement. 5 Click the “accept” option to enable the Next button. 7-5 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Windows Figure 7-1 Pervasive Software’s Software License Agreement 6 Click Next. A dialog appears on which you specify a license key. 7 Type, or paste, a license key into the License field, or install the default evaluation license. Figure 7-2 Applying the User Count License Your Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Server is set to the number of users specified in the license key. Note If you do not yet have a license key or it is not with you at the moment, you can still continue with the installation by using an evaluation license. Click Next to evaluate the product for a trial period The trial version license is valid for 30 days, then expires. You may run the License Administrator utility at a later time to view or install a user count license key. The License Administrator utility is documented in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide in the section “License Administrator” on page 4-1. 7-6 Upgrading to Pervasive PSQL Server from Earlier Pervasive PSQL Versions or Btrieve 6.x 8 Click the setup type desired: Complete or Custom (the default is Complete). Figure 7-3 Setup Type Dialog Box The Complete installation, which is recommended for most users, takes default actions for operations performed during the installation. The Complete server installation installs the following components to drive C: Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 engine (including ODBC interface) Client requesters (MS-DOS, Win32) Pervasive PSQL Control Center Utilities Transactional and Relational interfaces Online documentation in JavaHelp format Note Client installation images for Windows and Linux are not part of the server installation. You must run a separate installation program for Pervasive PSQL clients. See “Installing Pervasive PSQL Clients for Windows” on page 5-1 for more information. The Custom installation is typically for advanced users. It allows you to specify the installation location, select the components to install, and determine the space requirements for the components. 9 Click Next, then continue based on your choice of Complete or Custom: If you choose a Complete install, continue with the next step. 7-7 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Windows If you choose a Custom install, skip now to “Custom Installation Path” on page 7-14. At the end of that section you will return to this set of steps to continue the installation. At this point, if you want, you may click Back to change or review any of the installation settings, or click Cancel to exit the installation program. After you click Install, you may still exit the installation, but you will be unable to change or review settings. 10 Click Install. If required, close any running applications that may interfere with the Pervasive PSQL installation. A dialog box appears if applications are running that can interfere with the installation of Pervasive PSQL. Figure 7-4 Example Dialog Box for Programs that May Interfere Decide how to continue with the installation. Your choices are: a. To exit all of the programs that may interfere, then click Next. b. Not to exit all of the programs that may interfere, then click Ignore. Note Next does not proceed with the installation unless you exit all programs that will interfere. If you wish to leave one or more programs running that may interfere, you must click Ignore to continue. Unpredictable results may occur during the Pervasive PSQL installation if you ignore programs that may interfere. 7-8 Upgrading to Pervasive PSQL Server from Earlier Pervasive PSQL Versions or Btrieve 6.x If no running applications interfere with the Pervasive PSQL installation, the installation process continues. A dialog box appears that gives you a status. Figure 7-5 Installation Status Dialog Box Installation actions include, but are not limited to, the following: Script operations Component registration File copying Shortcut creation System registry updates Sample database creation After the initial actions, the installation process launches the Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA) Wizard. The PSA Wizard allows you to test the transactional and relational interfaces. These tests ensure that your database engine is working as expected. By default, the option for the transactional tests is selected. Figure 7-6 Transactional Engine Test 11 Click Next to run the transactional tests and to see the results. 7-9 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Windows PSA performs a series of tasks to ensure that the transactional engine is working properly. PSA displays a check mark for each test that passes and an X for each task that fails during the transaction engine test. A summary report is also provided in the information window, as shown in the following figure. Figure 7-7 Transactional Engine Test Results from PSA 12 Once your transactional tests are successful, click Next to proceed with the PSA Wizard. PSA is now ready to ensure that the relational engine is working properly. Figure 7-8 Relational Engine Test Note that the tests use your current machine name and the sample demodata database. Use these values unless you specifically wish to test a different database. To test a different database, enter the Machine Name and Engine DSN for the engine data you want to test. 7-10 Upgrading to Pervasive PSQL Server from Earlier Pervasive PSQL Versions or Btrieve 6.x 13 Click Next to run the relational tests and to see the results. PSA displays a check mark for each test that passes and an X for each task that fails during the relational engine test. A summary report is also provided in the information window, as shown in the following figure. Figure 7-9 Relational Engine Test Results from PSA 14 Once your relational engine tests are successful, click Next. The final dialog of the PSA Wizard displays and provides a summary of the tasks completed by the Wizard. If you want to view the PSA log file, it is named by default PSALog.txt and is located by default at <OSdrive>\Program Files\Common Files\Pervasive Software Shared\PSA, where <OSdrive> is the drive letter where your operating system is installed. 15 Click Finish to complete the PSA Wizard. The final dialog of the Installation Wizard displays along with a registration page. 16 Register your product. Pervasive Software recommends that you register your product to receive news about future updates, and other timely information. You can also register later using a web, e-mail, or print-based registration form. 7-11 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Windows Figure 7-10 Product Registration Page If you did not read the README file prior to installation as described in “Before You Begin” on page 7-2, please do so now from the registration page. 17 Click Readme on the registration page to read the README file. Figure 7-11 View Readme 18 Close the Registration page (click the “X” in the upper right corner). 19 Click Finish to complete the Installation Wizard. If installed files could not be copied because they were locked in memory, a reboot may be necessary at this point. Setup only prompts for a reboot if a locked file or some other event was detected that requires a reboot. Please reboot your system if prompted to do so in order to ensure proper operation of your Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 product. 7-12 Upgrading to Pervasive PSQL Server from Earlier Pervasive PSQL Versions or Btrieve 6.x Note If you have any trouble with the installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” The installation program modifies the PATH and CLASSPATH environment variables at the end of the installation process. These settings control how your Windows operating system finds Pervasive components. OnWindows 32-bit platforms, these environment variables are stored in System information, which you access from the Control Panel. Thank you for choosing Pervasive PSQL. What to do Next See “Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL” on page 7-17. 7-13 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Windows Custom Installation Path This section describes how to customize your installation of Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. This topic continues a discussion from step 9 on page 7-7. 1 Click on a feature’s icon to display the installation choices. For example, the following image shows the choices if you click on the Windows Client icon. Figure 7-12 Example of Installation Choices 2 Decide how you want to install each program feature and click that choice. Installation Choice Meaning This feature will be installed on local hard drive. The feature’s components, and subfeatures if you choose, are installed on the machine running the installation program. This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed on local hard drive. This feature will not be available. The feature’s components are excluded from the installation. You may exclude any of the following: 7-14 Utilities (except minimum set) Windows Client image DOS Client image Linux Client in RPM or Tar format Custom Installation Path You may not exclude the minimum set of utilities. The minimum set includes Function Executor, Database Password Utility (pvdbpass), Network Password Utility (pvnetpass), and the following command-line interface (CLI) utilities: Maintenance, Rebuild, and License Administrator. If you exclude utilities, you will be unable to configure your Pervasive PSQL Server product. The product is installed using all default values. In addition to no configuration ability, other restrictions apply. For example, no wizards will be available. We recommended that you include the utilities unless you are certain that you do not require the functionality provided by them. The following utilities are not installed if you exclude them. Pervasive PSQL Control Center Table Designer and SQL Data Manager All wizards Monitor, GUI Maintenance, and GUI Rebuild GUI License Administrator If you exclude client images, you will be unable to install the client requesters from a Pervasive PSQL Server machine. You may install them from the CD media. Client machines require requesters to access database files on a Pervasive PSQL Server machine. 3 Optionally, change the location where the Pervasive PSQL Server product and its features are installed. The default installation location is C:\PVSW, assuming the Windows system drive is C. To specify a different location for the installation, click Change, specify a location, then click OK. You may select only one installation location for the entire product. The Change button is disabled for a feature if you choose not to install that feature. 4 Optionally, click on a feature to check the amount of storage space it requires. The space required appears on the right: 7-15 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Windows Figure 7-13 Location of Space Required Values 5 Optionally, check the amount of storage space available on the physical drives. Click on a feature, then click Space. The resulting dialog shows you by storage volume, the total disk space, the available disk space, the space required for the feature, and difference between the available space and space required. Click OK after you finish checking storage capacity. 6 Click Next. A dialog appears that informs you the installation program is ready to begin installing files. At this point, if you want, you may click Back to change or review any of the installation settings, or click Cancel to exit the installation program. After you click Install, you may still exit the installation, but you will be unable to change or review settings. The Custom path rejoins the Complete installation path at this point. Continue with Step 10 on page 7-8. 7-16 Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL This section contains information that you should read after running the installation program. If you are having problems with your installation, go to Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation,” or get help online from our Knowledge Base website at http://support.pervasive.com/eSupport. How to Handle Data Source Names (DSNs) The following table describes the procedures for upgrading your DSNs after you have installed the Pervasive PSQL upgrade. Table 7-2 How to Proceed After Installing Server and Client Software If your situation is like this.... ... then you should do this next: You have existing Pervasive.SQL 7 DSNs already defined. You must delete and re-create all existing Pervasive.SQL 7 DSNs before you can access existing databases. Follow the instructions provided in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide Chapter 2, sections “Deleting DSNs” and “Setting Up Database Access on Windows.” You have existing Pervasive.SQL 2000 DSNs already defined. You should be able to access your databases by connecting to the existing DSNs. Follow the instructions provided in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide, Chapter 2, section “Accessing Data via ODBC From Other Applications.” You do not have any Pervasive PSQL DSNs defined You should be able to connect to the sample DEMODATA database now. Refer to Pervasive PSQL User's Guide for general information on working with Pervasive PSQL. Refer to Advanced Operations Guide for detailed information on working with databases and database engines. How Do I Convert My Data Files From Previous Pervasive Products? You are not required to rebuild your data files from previous releases after you upgrade your version of Pervasive PSQL. Pervasive PSQL is completely backward compatible in respect to data file formats supporting file formats 6.x, 7.x, and 8.x. 7-17 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Windows However, note that certain Pervasive PSQL features and functionality are unavailable if you do not rebuild your data files to the latest version format. The following table lists some of the main features of Pervasive PSQL releases to help you determine if you want to rebuild data files. File Version Product Features 6.x Performance improvements Transaction Logging and Durability if your data file contains a unique key International Sort Rule (ISR) support 7.x 64 GB file size limit Transaction Logging and Durability if your data file does not contain a unique key 8.x Turbo Write Accelerator 9.0 Higher than 64 GB file size (up to 128 GB) 8K page size 9.5 File size up to 256 GB 16K page size The Rebuild utility can convert older data files to the current Pervasive PSQL format. See “Converting Data Files” on page 14-1 in Advanced Operations Guide. How Do I Read the Online Documentation? The documentation for Win32 platforms is in JavaHelp format. You access the documentation from the Pervasive program on the Start menu. Note that JavaHelp requires a Java Runtime Environment (JRE), which is installed by default with the Pervasive PSQL Server or Pervasive PSQL Client. You can also view the documentation in the form of Adobe Acrobat (PDF) files. These PDF files are available on the Pervasive PSQL installation media in the “Books” directory. A README file in the root directory of the distribution media lists important last-minute information. 7-18 Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL How Do I Verify or Update My User License? The License Administrator utility is documented in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide in the section “License Administrator” on page 4-1. Please see that document for information on user licenses. 7-19 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Windows 7-20 chapter Application Configuration Scenarios 8 Common Scenarios for Setting up Your Server This chapter explains how to configure your server for several common application scenarios. “Support for Active Directory Service” on page 8-2 “Multiple Client Applications” on page 8-11 “Concurrent Local and Remote Applications” on page 8-13 8-1 Application Configuration Scenarios Support for Active Directory Service This section describes how to install and configure Pervasive PSQL in an environment that uses Microsoft Active Directory service. What Is Active Directory? Active Directory is a central component of the Windows 2000 operating system network architecture. Active Directory provides a directory service specifically designed for distributed networking environments. The Microsoft Web site provides much information about Active Directory. The following Web links provide information to help you learn about Active Directory. Installation of Active Directory Home page for Active Directory — http://www.microsoft.com/ windows2000/technologies/directory/ad/default.asp Overview of Active Directory — http://www.microsoft.com/ windows2000/server/evaluation/features/dirlist.asp Overview of Active Directory Service — http:// www.microsoft.com/windows2000/server/evaluation/business/ addatasheet.asp Ensure that Active Directory service is installed and functioning correctly before you install Pervasive PSQL into the environment. Microsoft provides step-by-step guides to help you install and configure Active Directory service. The following Web links provide information to help you install and manage Active Directory. Windows 2000 Step-by-Step Guides — http:// www.microsoft.com/windows2000/techinfo/planning/ walkthroughs/default.asp Installing a Windows 2000 Server as a Domain Controller — http://www.microsoft.com/windows2000/techinfo/planning/ server/serversteps.asp Managing Active Directory — http://www.microsoft.com/ windows2000/techinfo/planning/activedirectory/ manadsteps.asp Note that Windows 2000 implements TCP/IP as the default protocol and relies on TCP/IP for most of the services associated with the operating system, including Active Directory service. Integration of 8-2 Support for Active Directory Service Active Directory with NetWare Directory Services is possible with Microsoft Directory Synchronization Services (MSDSS) and DirSync. For more information, refer to the Microsoft Web site: http://www.microsoft.com/WINDOWS2000/sfn/msdss.asp. Installation of Pervasive PSQL The installation of the Pervasive PSQL database engine in an Active Directory environment requires no special steps. Install it as described in “Installing Pervasive PSQL Server” on page 4-4. The following environment modes are supported: Native mode — all domain controllers run Windows 2000 Mixed mode — some domain controllers run Windows 2000 You may install the Pervasive PSQL database engine on a domain controller if you choose. Be aware, however, that activity on the domain controller may affect the performance of the database engine. For this reason, you may prefer to install Pervasive PSQL on a server that is not a domain controller. Server and Client Support Pervasive PSQL Server runs on Windows 32-bit Servers within an Active Directory environment. The Pervasive PSQL clients run on all Windows 32-bit platforms within an Active Directory environment. The DOS TCP/IP requester (BREQTCP) is supported within an Active Directory environment. The DOS SPX requester (BREQUEST or BREQNT) is not supported because it requires the SPX protocol. Directory and File Permissions The database engines enforce directory and file permissions set at the operating system level. An Active Directory environment does not change this behavior. For example, if you set “read only” permission on a Pervasive PSQL table file, you will be unable to write to the table. Microsoft Terminal Services Support Pervasive PSQL Server is supported for use with Microsoft Terminal Server and Citrix MetaFrame running within an Active Directory environment. For more information about Terminal Services and 8-3 Application Configuration Scenarios Citrix MetaFrame, see “Pervasive PSQL and Terminal Services” on page 3-1. Pervasive Administrative Authority Active Directory service manages the security of the network. You must grant the correct access authority at the operating system level to users who need Pervasive administrative privileges. See “Active Directory Tasks” on page 8-4 for the steps to set access authority. Users must have the following authority on the machine running the database engine: Log on locally Administrator privileges or belong to the Pervasive_Admin group You may grant the Log on locally authority directly to a user or to the Pervasive_Admin group (and add the user to the group). You may create the Pervasive_Admin group on the machine running the database engine (the local machine), on the domain controller for the local machine, or on both. The database engine checks privileges first on the domain controller for the local machine then on the local machine. An example helps illustrate this. Suppose you have two servers in your domain that run the Pervasive PSQL database engine, Server A and Server B. You could create a Pervasive_Admin group on each server and on the domain controller. You then add User 1 to the group on Server A, User 2 to the group on Server B, and User 3 to the group on the domain controller. User 1 has administrative privileges for the database engine only on Server A. Similarly, User 2 has administrative privileges only on Server B. User 3, however, has administrative privileges for the database engines on both Server A and Server B. If you create the Pervasive_Admin group on a domain controller, then the group must be a domain local group. If you create the Pervasive_Admin group on a machine that is not a domain controller, then the Pervasive_Admin group must be a local group. Active This section explains the tasks needed to ensure users have Pervasive Directory Tasks administrative privileges. The tasks assume the following: 8-4 Network user IDs have been added for users who need Pervasive administrative privileges Support for Active Directory Service A Pervasive_Admin group has been created on the domain controller and users added to the group Windows 2000 Server is the operating system on the domain controller. ³ To Create the Pervasive_Admin Group on a Domain Controller 1 Click Start Programs Administrative Tool Active Directory Users and Computers. 2 Expand the tree for the domain to which you want to add the Pervasive_Admin group (click the plus sign). For example, the following image shows the expanded tree for the ADSTEST.com domain. 8-5 Application Configuration Scenarios 3 Right-click on the Organizational Unit or folder that you are using in your Active Directory environment to house groups, then click New Group. For example, the following image shows an Organizational Unit named “Groups,” but your Organizational Unit may be named differently. Note If your Active Directory environment does not have an Organizational Unit to house groups, you need to create one. Click on the domain root (for example, in the figure above, you would rightclick on ADSTEST.com), then click Action New Organizational Unit. Type a meaningful name for the unit, then click OK. 4 For Group name, type Pervasive_Admin. Click Domain local for group scope. Note The Pervasive_Admin group must have a scope of Domain local. Do not use Global or Universal. 5 8-6 Click OK. Support for Active Directory Service Now that the Pervasive_Admin group exists, you need to add users to it. 6 On the Active Directory Users and Computers window, rightclick on the Pervasive_Admin group, then click Properties. (You may also double-click the group.) 7 Click the Members tab on the properties dialog. 8 Click Add on the Members tab. 9 Click on the user in the Name list that you want to add to the Pervasive_Admin group, then click Add. The user is added to the list on the bottom. For example, the following image shows that user ADS_USER1 has been added. 10 Click OK. 8-7 Application Configuration Scenarios The user you added now appears as a member of the Pervasive_Admin group. 11 Click OK to exit the properties dialog. 12 Add the Pervasive_Admin group to the Log on locally privileges (complete the task “To Grant Log On Locally Privileges to the Pervasive_Admin Group”). ³ To Grant Log On Locally Privileges to the Pervasive_Admin Group 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel. 2 Double-click Administrative Tools (or right-click then click Open) to open the Administrative Tools window. 3 Double-click Domain Controller Security Policy (or right-click then click Open) to open the Domain Controller Security Policy window. Note Ensure that you open Domain Controller Security Policy and not Domain Security Policy. 4 Expand the following security settings (click the plus signs): 8-8 Security Settings Support for Active Directory Service Local Policies 5 Click User Rights Assignment. 6 Scroll the policies in the right pane until you locate Log on locally. 7 Double-click the Log on locally policy (or right-click the policy then click Security). The policy setting dialog appears. 8 Click Add. The dialog appears on which you add users and groups. 8-9 Application Configuration Scenarios 9 Type Pervasive_Admin in the Users and group names field. You may also specify the group by clicking Browse and navigating to the group through dialogs. 10 Click OK. The Security Policy Setting dialog appears with Pervasive_Admin added. 11 Click OK to exit the Security Policy Setting dialog. 12 Exit the Domain Controller Security Policy window. 8-10 Multiple Client Applications Multiple Client Applications Sometimes, two or more client/server applications may use the same database server. You will need to configure the server differently depending on whether the applications are used at the same time. If your vendors supply configuration guidelines for Server configuration parameters, you will need to adjust your configuration based on these guidelines. If the applications run concurrently (that is, if two or more applications are using the database server at the same time) ... You should configure the server by adding together all the recommended values for each parameter. For example, if one application vendor suggests Performance Tuning | Number of Input/Output Threads should be set to 4, and another application vendor suggests this parameter should be set to 8, then you should set it to 12. If the default value is higher than the sum of the recommended settings, then do not change the default value. Do not add up the recommended values for any buffer size settings, or log file size settings. Use the largest recommended setting. Again, do not change the default if it is larger than any vendor recommendation. If the applications do not run concurrently (that is, if only one application is running at any given point in time) ... You should configure the server by using the largest recommended value for each parameter. For example, if one application vendor suggests Performance Tuning | Number of Input/Output Threads should be set to 4, and another application vendor suggests this parameter should be set to 8, then you should set it to 8. If the default value is higher than the largest recommended setting, then do not change the default value. Settings Affected by Multiple Applications Most server settings are not affected when you are running multiple applications. This section explains the settings that may need to be adjusted for multiple applications. 8-11 Application Configuration Scenarios Compatibility | Create File Version Some applications may require that new files be created with version 7.x file format, while other applications may require version 9.x file format (the default). These applications can run concurrently only if new files are not created during run time. There is no way to toggle the setting back and forth for each application, unless you wish to do it by hand or write a program to do so using the Distributed Tuning Objects. If the applications do not create new files during runtime, then this setting is not relevant for multiple applications. Data Integrity | Transaction Durability Some applications may require durable transactions, while others may not. If you have two application vendors recommending different values for this parameter, then you should set it to On. Generally, having transaction durability turned on does not affect applications that do not use transactions, but will incur a performance penalty. 8-12 Concurrent Local and Remote Applications Concurrent Local and Remote Applications The Server engine allows both remote client requests as well as communications from applications running on the same computer as the server. This section explains what server Configuration settings are used to enable remote and local access. Note To perform these steps, you must have full administrator-level rights on the machine where the database engine is running, or be a member of the Pervasive_Admin group defined on the machine where the database engine is running. ³ To enable database connections from both remote and local applications 1 You must be sitting at the Windows server computer where the database server runs. Access the Pervasive commands on the Start menu and click Pervasive PSQL Control Center. 2 In the Pervasive PSQL Explorer window, double-click on Engines to display a list of the engines registered with Pervasive PSQL Control Center. 3 Right-click on the icon representing your target engine and select Properties. Login if prompted. Click Access. 4 In the right-hand window pane, ensure that Accept Remote Requests is enabled. If you wish to prevent the server from accepting client connections from other computers, uncheck the value. Click OK. 5 In the Pervasive PSQL Explorer window, expand Local Client. 6 Right-click on MicroKernel Router and select Properties. Login if prompted. 7 Click Access. In the window to the right, ensure the following settings are properly set: Use Local MicroKernel Engine. Set the value to On. Use Remote MicroKernel Engine. If you want to be able to access databases on other computers, enable this setting. If you plan to access data on this computer only, disable this setting. 8-13 Application Configuration Scenarios 8-14 8 Click OK. 9 You must restart the server engine for the changes to take effect. I NSTALLING C OMPONENTS N ET W ARE FOR chapter Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare 9 Instructions for NetWare Server Installation or Patching This chapter contains procedures for installing Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 on a NetWare server. This chapter contains the following sections: “Before You Begin” on page 9-2 “Installing the Pervasive PSQL Server Components” on page 9-9 “Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL” on page 9-17 9-1 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare Before You Begin This section contains information with which you need to be familiar to install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. Before installing Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2, begin by reviewing the following documents: Platform Notes for NetWare Chapter 2, “Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL” - This chapter provides important information, including system requirements and platform specific notes, relevant to your operation. README - This file is located on the distribution media and contains late-breaking product news that could not be included in the product documentation. This section contains notes that may be helpful in installing Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 on a NetWare server. Native file access protocols (NFAP) is a feature of NetWare 6.0 (and a beta product for NetWare 5.1). This feature allows workstations to access and store files on NetWare servers without requiring a Novell Client or the Microsoft Client Service for NetWare. NFAP uses the same protocol (referred to as native) as the client workstation to copy, delete, move, save, and open files. Windows workstations perform these tasks using the Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocol. Note that Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 supports NFAP even though the feature is new with NetWare 6.0. You do not have to change the default settings for the Pervasive PSQL engines or clients to take advantage of NFAP. However, the following items do apply to the use of NFAP: 9-2 The MicroKernel authentication uses Pervasive PSQL runtime server support (RTSS). The MicroKernel uses the NDS password; it does not use the simple password feature of NFAP. (The default setting for RTSS is "Complete," meaning that a user must supply a valid user name. A password is optional.) Before You Begin If you customize the network environment with a CIFS.CFG file, use the -SHARE parameter to point to the root of the volume. That is, do not use the -SHARE parameter to point directly to the Pervasive PSQL data files. The MicroKernel resolves locations specified by the -SHARE parameter only if the share points to the root of the volume. Because some versions of NetWare include Btrieve 6.10, Btrieve system files already exist on the server and possibly on the clients. Back up these files and then remove them. If you do not remove them, set them to read/write so that the installation can overwrite them (the installation routine also backs them up). Refer to Btrieve 6.10 documentation for a component list. To install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2, you must have rights to the SYS: volume and to the System directory on the server on which the product is being installed. The Pervasive PSQL server component is installed in the System directory of the SYS: volume, and all other supporting files are installed, by default, to subdirectories of the PVSW directory in the root of the SYS: volume (as described in “What Files Are Installed as Part of Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2?” on page 9-18.) NetWare versions below NetWare 4.11 are not supported. NetWare 4.x only: Ensure that the CPU Hog Timeout setting is a value greater than or equal to 60 seconds or you may encounter a server abnormal ending (abend) when installing Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. The default value is 60 seconds. In addition, Unicode must be installed on the NetWare machine. NetWare 5.1 only: The command file AUTOEXEC.NCF for NetWare 5.1 includes an entry that launches another command file named SQLC.NCF. The command file SQLC.NCF loads a version of ODBC.NLM that is incompatible with Pervasive PSQL. On NetWare 5.1, it is necessary to comment out the line containing SQLC.NCF in your AUTOEXEC.NCF file. Otherwise, you will encounter errors when using Pervasive PSQL or performing SQL operations. Btrieve is unaffected by this issue. In all versions of NetWare, before starting Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 the NetWare Loadable Module appropriate to the communication protocol being used must be loaded before starting Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. If the SPX 9-3 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare Installing Over Existing Pervasive Products Installation Tips 9-4 communication protocol is being used, then SPXS.NLM must be loaded on the server before starting Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. If the TCP/IP protocol (the default) is being used, then TCP/IP must be correctly configured on the server before starting Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. Prior to installing Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2, any existing Pervasive PSQL applications must be stopped on the client machines. Running the NetWare install from a Windows 2003 machine can produce Windows security warning messages that reference files install is trying to copy. If you receive such dialogs starting with “Some files can harm your computer”, click Open and Install will complete normally. If you have any trouble with the following installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” The installation of Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare does not install the client installation programs. If you need client components on the Windows machine from which you installed NetWare, run the separate client installation from the installation media. Your previous versions of Pervasive products will be archived when you install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 so that there are no component conflicts. You can use Pervasive System Analyzer later to restore the archived products if necessary. Your licenses from previous Pervasive products such as Btrieve 6.x, Scalable SQL 4.x, and Pervasive.SQL 2000 will not be migrated to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. If you wish to make use of all the new version features, you must rebuild your data files so they use the version 9 file format. See the Advanced Operations Guide section for detailed information on how to use the Rebuild utilities to convert your data files. When installing Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 for the first time on a system, Setup will check if all of the needed system files meet the minimum requirements. In some cases, these files are locked by the operating system and a reboot is required before Setup can continue. The following dialog box is displayed if this is the case. Before You Begin Figure 9-1 Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Setup Reboot Required Click Yes to reboot the system. Setup is then automatically restarted. Note It is strongly recommended that you reboot your system if you encounter this message. If you do not reboot your system, Setup will encounter failures during engine and utilities configuration. If you have any trouble with the following installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” NetWare Security and Configuration Issues This section details security issues relating to installing Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 on the NetWare platform. Rights Required to Install To install Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 on a NetWare server you should be an administrator of the server on which you are installing the database. Just having supervisor rights is not adequate. This will allow you to configure, monitor, and set up DSNs for the server after installation. However, you can do an installation if you just have read/write rights to the root of the server, but you will not be allowed to configure, monitor, or add DSNs. In addition to the rights required on the NetWare server, you must have administrative rights on the Windows machine from which you are installing the Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 NetWare server. Easiest Method to Authorize Users to Administer Databases All other users that are administrators for the NetWare server object where Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 is installed will have rights 9-5 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare to perform administrative functions on the database too. This means the user must have Supervisor rights to the NDS Server itself, not just Supervisor rights to the SYS: volume. This implementation is the easiest to set up and administer and is adequate if your users can be administrators for both the NetWare server and the Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 database. Alternative and More Restrictive Method to Authorize Users to Administer Databases After installation, you can optionally add a group named Pervasive_Admin and add members who have the right to administer only the database engine without giving them full administrative rights on the entire server. To add this group and users to it, you must have the proper Novell NetWare rights enforced to add objects into the NDS tree on NetWare 4.11 or later. On NetWare 4.x or later, the Pervasive_Admin group object must be set up in the same NDS container as the server (or servers) with Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 installed. If all your Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 servers are installed at the same level in your NDS tree, then only one Pervasive_Admin group is required for all of them. Here is an example of correct levels for Pervasive_Admin. Root] | - Pervasive (organization) | - Group A (group object) | - Admin (user object | - Manufacturing (organization unit) | - PVSV (server object) | - EveryOne (group object) | - Pervasive_Admin (group object) | - Steve (user object) | - R_and_D (organization unit) | - PVRD0 (user object) | - Tawanda (user object) | - Pervasive_Admin (group object) If you have multiple Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 servers at varying levels in your NDS tree, you must set up multiple Pervasive_Admin groups, one for each NDS context level running a Pervasive PSQL engine. You do not need to have the same member list for each Pervasive_Admin group. 9-6 Before You Begin Note If the Pervasive_Admin group is created at a lower level in the NDS tree than the Novell server to which it corresponds, members of the group cannot access the database engine unless they have Novell administrator rights. The attempted login to the Pervasive PSQL server from the fails with the message “You have entered an invalid password or user name.” If you have additional questions on this topic or would like to review examples of NDS trees and user rights, please refer to the section "Additional Information on Pervasive_Admin and NDS" in the HTML file: http://www.pervasive.com/support/updates/psqlall.asp#NetWare TurboFat on NetWare Servers On NetWare 4.x, 5.x, and 6.x servers, data files can become corrupt in the NetWare cache or Turbo cache. The actual data file on the disk is fine, and if you rebuild the data file you will not lose any records. If you do lose records while rebuilding, that would indicate true corruption and not the turbo cache problem. One solution has been to down the server to clear the cache. This can be used as a test as well by getting a status 2 on a read of a record, downing the server to clear the cache, and then reading that same record again. If you can read it successfully, it is a good indication that the problem is in the turbo cache. This issue is not unique to Btrieve files; it can be any type of file that Novell loads into its cache. There are 2 possible methods to work around this situation. Method #1: Disable NetWare’s Turbo cache This can be done by using TURBOD2.EXE from Novell. See Novell’s document TID 2960009 “TURBODIS.NLM to prevent database corruption” for more information. Its properties say it is for troubleshooting purposes and is not officially tested or supported. Experience has shown that this does not always eliminate the problem. Method #2: Serialize all I/O on a ‘per file’ basis in the NetWare MicroKernel. 9-7 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare The avoids the problem and has had outstanding results. It serializes all I/O on a per file basis in the NetWare MicroKernel. There have been no reports of this causing any problems or performance issues, so it is recommended to everyone. To implement this method, follow these steps. 1 Edit the file SYS:ETC\PSRGSTRY.INI 2 In the section titled [MicroKernel] find the Use FileIO Mutex setting and set it to YES as shown in this example: Use FileIO Mutex=YES (Note: capital letter 'I' and capital letter 'O'). 3 Ensure that there is not a second entry anywhere else that sets it to No. 4 Restart the server for this change to take effect. Cache Allocation Size Beginning with NetWare 5.1, Novell deliberately sets the default Pervasive PSQL memory cache size to 1 MB, which is far too small for most applications. After you install Pervasive PSQL, you should set the Cache Allocation Size configuration parameter to 20% of the physical memory on the NetWare server, to avoid poor database performance. To access this configuration parameter within, doubleclick the icon representing the NetWare server, double-click the Configuration, double-click Server, then Performance Tuning. Double-click on Cache Allocation Size and set the value in bytes. 9-8 Installing the Pervasive PSQL Server Components Installing the Pervasive PSQL Server Components You cannot install the NetWare server from the local console. You must install the Pervasive PSQL for NetWare server remotely from a Windows client machine on which you have administrative rights. You can run multiple NetWare server installations from the same Windows client machine. The NetWare install does not copy any files to the Windows client machine. Note If the installation fails before the program copies any files to the target installation directory, the installation log file (install.log) can be found in the directory specified by the %TEMP% environment variable. This directory is often c:\windows\temp or c:\winnt\temp. ³ To install Pervasive PSQL on a NetWare server: 1 Map a drive letter to the remote server. a. Double-click My Computer. If the toolbar is not visible, click View and select Toolbar. Click the Map Network Drive button. b. Map a drive letter to the SYS: volume on the remote server as shown in the Map Network Drive dialog box. Figure 9-2 Mapping a Drive 2 Launch the installation program from a client workstation. a. Insert the Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Server for NetWare CD in the CD-ROM drive of your client machine. 9-9 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare b. If the installation does not start automatically, click Start then Run, and type drive:\autorun\autorun where drive is the drive letter of your CD-ROM device. Note See “Installation Tips” on page 9-4 regarding the Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Setup Reboot Required dialog box. The installation program begins its initial preparation. After the preparation completes, the Welcome screen appears. 3 Click Next to proceed with the installation. 4 Read the Software License Agreement. 5 Click I accept the terms in the license agreement to accept the terms of the agreement and enable the Next button. Figure 9-3 Pervasive Software’s Software License Agreement 6 Click Next. A dialog appears on which you specify a license key. 7 Type, or paste, a license key into the License field. Figure 9-4 Applying the User Count License 9-10 Installing the Pervasive PSQL Server Components Your Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Server is set to the number of users specified in the license key. When the update is complete, a dialog box informs you that you have increased your user count license to support that number of simultaneous users. Note If you do not yet have a license key or it is not with you at the moment, you can still continue with the installation by using an evaluation license. You can evaluate the product for a trial period of 30 days. After 30 days, the evaluation license expires. You may run the License Administrator utility at a later time to install a user count license key. The License Administrator utility is documented in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide in the section “License Administrator” on page 4-1. 8 Click Next. 9 Specify the location for the system files. The default location is SYS:SYSTEM. If you want to change the default location, click Change, specify a location, then click OK. In the following example dialog, the SYS: volume is mapped to drive letter P. Figure 9-5 Location for System Components (NetWare Server) 10 Click Next. 11 Specify the location for the Pervasive files. The default location is SYS:PVSW. If you want to change the default location, click Change, specify a location, then click OK. In the following example dialog, the SYS: volume is mapped to drive letter P. 9-11 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare Figure 9-6 Location for Pervasive Files (NetWare Server) 12 Click on the Setup Type desired: Complete or Custom (the default is complete). Figure 9-7 Setup Type Dialog Box Note For either setup type, Complete or Custom, Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA) is installed locally. That is, on the Windows machine from which you are installing Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare. The local components are installed to osdrive:\Program Files\Common Files\Pervasive Software Shared, where osdrive is the drive letter where your operating system is installed. The Complete installation, which is recommended for most users, takes default actions for operations performed during the installation. The system components for the Pervasive PSQL Server engine are copied by default to SYS:\SYSTEM. You can specify a different location for the system components. The non-system components are copied by default to SYS:\PVSW. You can select a different location for the nonsystem components. The Complete server installation installs the following components to SYS:SYSTEM: 9-12 Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 engine (including ODBC interface) Installing the Pervasive PSQL Server Components The Complete server installation installs the following nonsystem components to SYS:PVSW: Script files DEMODATA sample database NIS files Sample files The Custom installation is typically for advanced users. It allows you to specify the installation location, select the components to install, and determine the space requirements for the components. If You Choose Custom Install If you choose Custom install, skip now to “Custom Installation Path” on page 9-15. At the end of that section you will return to this set of steps to continue the installation. 13 Click Next. A dialog appears that informs you the installation program is ready to begin installing files. At this point, if you want, you may click Back to change or review any of the installation settings, or click Cancel to exit the installation program. After you click Install, you may still exit the installation, but you will be unable to change or review settings. 14 Click Install to continue with the installation. A dialog appears that gives you a status of the installation process. Figure 9-8 Installation Status Dialog Box (NetWare Server) Installation actions include, but are not limited to, the following: Script operations File copying Registering the product Publishing product features 9-13 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare A dialog appears at the end of a successful installation. 15 Click Finish. Caution To avoid poor database performance on NetWare 5.1 and later, follow the instructions provided under “Cache Allocation Size” on page 9-8 to increase Novell’s factory setting for the database engine cache size. 16 Start Pervasive PSQL on your NetWare machine: a. Perform a DOWN command at the command prompt on the NetWare server. b. Perform a SERVER command at the command prompt on the NetWare server. You must restart the NetWare server to load the new version of BTRIEVE.NLM. The NetWare operating system has dependencies on BTRIEVE.NLM, Your installation is complete. Thank you for choosing Pervasive PSQL. Note If you had any trouble with the installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” 9-14 Custom Installation Path Custom Installation Path This section describes how to customize your installation of Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. This topic continues a discussion from step 12 on page 9-12. 1 Click on a feature’s icon to display the installation choices. For example, the following image shows the choices if you click on the Client icon. Figure 9-9 Example of Installation Choices (NetWare) 2 Decide how you want to install the program features. Installation Choice Meaning This feature will be installed on local hard drive. The feature’s components, and subfeatures if you choose, are installed on the machine running the installation program. This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed on local hard drive. This feature will not be available. The feature’s components are excluded from the installation. Note You may exclude the utilities except for a minimum set. The minimum set includes the Password Utility and the following command-line interface (CLI) utilities: Maintenance, Rebuild, and License Administrator. Client machines require the client requesters to access database files on a Pervasive PSQL Server machine. You install clients from the CD media. The client installation programs are not part of the program features included with the server database engine. 9-15 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare 3 Click on the desired installation choice. If desired, click on a feature to check the amount of storage space it requires. The space required appears on the right: Figure 9-10 Location of Space Required Values If desired, check the amount of storage space available on the physical drives. Click on a feature, then click Space. The resulting dialog shows you by storage volume, the total disk space, the available disk space, the space required for the feature, and difference between the available space and space required. Click OK after you finish checking storage capacity. 4 Click Next. A dialog appears that informs you the installation program is ready to begin installing files. At this point, if you want, you may click Back to change or review any of the installation settings, or click Cancel to exit the installation program. After you click Install, you may still exit the installation, but you will be unable to change or review settings. Return to Steps 5 for Complete Installation 9-16 The Custom installation rejoins the Complete installation at this point. Continue with Step 14 on page 9-13. Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL Common Questions After Installing Pervasive PSQL Note This section contains information that you should read after running the installation program. If you are having problems with your installation, go to Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation” or get help online from our Knowledge Base Web site at http://support.pervasive.com/kb. How Do I Use NetWare Directory Services (NDS) with Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2? For information on Pervasive PSQL support of NDS, see the topic “NetWare Directory Services (NDS) Formats” on page 18-6. More documentation on how NDS relates to Pervasive PSQL is available in the Knowledge Base of Pervasive’s Home Page (http:// support.pervasive.com/kb). Search using the keyword “NDS” on the Support section of the site. How Do I Read the Online Documentation? The NetWare installation does not include any documentation aside from the README on the distribution media. Run a Windows client installation on the client that you will use to administer the NetWare server. On the Windows client, Pervasive PSQL documentation is provided in JavaHelp format. To read the documentation, access the Pervasive Documentation commands on the Start menu and click Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. You can also view the documentation in the form of Adobe Acrobat (PDF) files. These PDF files and an installation program for an Acrobat reader is available on the Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 (Server Edition) CD-ROM. There is also a README file on the distribution media that has the latest changes and additions to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. 9-17 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for NetWare How Do I Verify or Update My User License? The License Administrator utility is documented in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide in the section “License Administrator” on page 4-1. Please see that document for information on user licenses. What Files Are Installed as Part of Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2? Once installed, the Pervasive PSQL files reside in the following directory structure. This structure is located on the SYS volume. \SYSTEM NLMs and all other system files \PVSW \BIN 9-18 \DEMODATA A sample SQL database. \SAMPLES Sample data file SAMPLE.BTR and sample alternate collating sequence file UPPER.ALT. This database is the default database for Btrieve security. chapter Network Settings for Server Engine on NetWare 10 How to Configure Network Settings for a NetWare-based Pervasive PSQL Server This chapter explains the default network settings for your database server engine and how to customize these setting if your network requires changes to the default values. The chapter contains the following sections: “Determining What Kind of Network You Have” on page 10-2 “Default Settings” on page 10-3 “Setting Up TCP/IP Support” on page 10-5 “Setting Up SPX Support” on page 10-7 “Disabling Certain Protocols” on page 10-8 10-1 Network Settings for Server Engine on NetWare Determining What Kind of Network You Have This section explains how to determine the network protocol that you should use with the database engine. If you already know what protocol or protocols are supported on your network, you can skip this section. Server Engine on NetWare If you have a NetWare network, you must determine whether it is running SPX, TCP/IP, or both. You can find out whether TCP/IP is supported by checking to see if TCPIP.NLM is loaded on the server. Mixed NetWare and Microsoft Network It is possible to run Btrieve applications over SPX on Microsoft networks, but ODBC applications over SPX require a NetWare server for name resolution. If you do not have a NetWare server on your network, you may not use SPX for ODBC applications. 10-2 Default Settings Default Settings When using Pervasive PSQL on a NetWare server, you can use either TCP/IP or IPX/SPX protocols. When both network protocols are available, however, Pervasive PSQL clients will first attempt to use TCP/IP. If you wish to use only IPX/SPX, you can disable TCP/IP using the Configuration properties as documented in “Disabling Certain Protocols” on page 10-8. This section explains what server Configuration settings are related to networking support, and what the default values mean. You can change these settings within by double-clicking Configuration for the given database engine, then double-clicking Server, then Communication Protocols. Auto Reconnect Timeout Default: 180 seconds If Pervasive Auto Reconnect is enabled, this setting specifies how long the engine and client attempt to contact each other after a network interruption has occurred. By default, the client and server attempt to connect for three minutes before giving up. If the value of Enable Auto Reconnect is Off, then the Auto Reconnect Timeout value is ignored. Enable Auto Reconnect Default: Off This setting determines whether the client and server attempt to reconnect to each other in the event of a network outage. If set to On, it allows the database connections to recover from intermittent or temporary network interruptions. If this value of this setting is Off, then the client returns a status code to the application immediately upon any failure to connect to the server, and the connection context is not preserved. If you have this setting turned On, you can specify how long the client and database engine should attempt to reconnect by using the setting Auto Reconnect Timeout. 10-3 Network Settings for Server Engine on NetWare Listen IP Address Default: 0.0.0.0 This setting specifies the IP address of the network interface card that the MicroKernel should listen on when the server computer has two network cards installed. This value is ignored if the server computer has only one network card, or if the value of TCP/IP Multihomed is On. This value is also ignored if TCP/IP is not in use by the database engine. Supported Protocols Default: SPX, TCP/IP This setting specifies the vendor protocols that the database engine should attempt to use. When more than one protocol is specified, upon start up, the engine attempts to connect on all specified protocols. The protocol that connects first is then used for the remainder of the session. You can often improve initial connection performance by removing the protocols that are not used on your network. For example, if you have a Server engine on an all-TCP/IP network, removing NetBIOS and SPX support may reduce the wait time during initial connections to the engine. TCP/IP Multihomed Default: On If your server computer has two network interface cards installed, you can use this setting to specify whether the server engine should listen on both network connections. If your computer has two network cards and this setting is turned off, you must use the setting Listen IP Address to specify which network card the server engine should use. 10-4 Setting Up TCP/IP Support Setting Up TCP/IP Support By default, TCP/IP is supported between Pervasive PSQL clients and remote engines. If you have modified the default settings or need to verify that TCP/IP support is available, refer to this section. Note In order to perform any of the tasks in this section, you must have administrative rights on the NetWare server, or be a member of the Pervasive_Admin group defined on the server. ³ Enabling TCP/IP Support Follow this procedure to ensure that the database engine can communicate with clients over TCP/IP networks. 1 Access the Pervasive commands on the Start menu and click Pervasive PSQL Control Center. 2 In the window, double-click on Engines to display a list of the engines registered with Pervasive PSQL Control Center. 3 Right-click on the icon representing your target engine and select Properties. Login if prompted. Click on Communication Protocols. 4 In the window to the right, a list of Supported protocols displays. If the list of Supported protocols shows the value TCP/ IP checked, then TCP/IP is already supported. If the list of Selected protocols does not include TCP/IP, then you should select the checkbox next to TCP/IP and click OK. 5 You need to restart the engine for the changes to take effect. 6 Remember that you also need to confirm that your client computers are configured to use TCP/IP, as well. Please refer to Chapter 18, “Configuring Network Communications for Clients.” 10-5 Network Settings for Server Engine on NetWare ³ Enabling Multihomed TCP/IP Support Follow this procedure when your server machine has two network cards installed. 1 From the Start menu, access the Pervasive commands on the Start menu and click Pervasive PSQL Control Center. 2 In the window, double-click on Engines to display a list of the engines registered with Pervasive PSQL Control Center. If the engine you want to configure is not listed, right-click on Engines and choose New Server. 10-6 3 Right-click on the icon representing your target engine and select Properties. Login if prompted. Click on Communication Protocols. In the window to the right, you can see the current setting for TCP/IP Multihomed. 4 If you want the server engine to listen for client connections on both network cards, select the checkbox. If you want the server engine to listen on only one card, deselect the checkbox. Click OK. If you only have one network card, this setting is ignored. 5 If your server computer has two network cards, and you set the value of TCP/IP Multihomed to Off, you must edit the setting Listen IP Address and specify the TCP/IP address of the card you want the database engine to listen to. If you do not specify an IP address, the database engine will not receive communications from either network card. 6 You do not need to make any changes to client settings. Setting Up SPX Support Setting Up SPX Support By default, SPX is supported between Pervasive PSQL clients and servers. If you have modified the default settings or need to verify that SPX support is available, refer to this section. Your network’s SPX Frame Type setting does not have any effect on Pervasive PSQL. Note In order to perform any of the tasks in this section, you must have administrative rights on the NetWare server, or be a member of the Pervasive_Admin group defined on the server. ³ Enabling SPX Support Follow this procedure to ensure that the server engine can communicate with clients over SPX networks. Note Prior to loading Pervasive PSQL, SPXS.NLM must be loaded. 1 From the Start menu, access the Pervasive commands on the Start menu and click Pervasive PSQL Control Center. 2 In the window, double-click on Engines to display a list of the engines registered with Pervasive PSQL Control Center. 3 Right-click on the icon representing your target engine and select Properties. Login if prompted. Click on Communication Protocols. 4 In the window to the right, a list of Supported protocols displays. If the list of Supported protocols shows the value SPX checked, then SPX is already supported. If the list of Selected protocols does not include SPX, then you should select the checkbox next to SPX and click OK. 5 You need to restart the engine for the changes to take effect. 6 Remember that you also need to confirm that your client computers are configured to use SPX, as well. Please refer to Chapter 18, “Configuring Network Communications for Clients.” 10-7 Network Settings for Server Engine on NetWare Disabling Certain Protocols It may be possible to improve performance on the initial connection to the database by disabling database communications support for any protocols that are not available on your network or that you do not wish to use. Note In order to perform any of the tasks in this section, you must have administrative rights on the computer where the database engine is installed, or be a member of the Pervasive_Admin group defined on that computer. ³ To Remove Support for a Specific Network Protocol Note This procedure does not affect your operating system configuration in any way. This procedure only prevents the database communications system from attempting communications on unavailable or undesired protocols. 10-8 1 From the Start menu, access the Pervasive commands on the Start menu and click Pervasive PSQL Control Center. 2 In the window, double-click on Engines to display a list of the engines registered with Pervasive PSQL Control Center. 3 Right-click on the icon representing your target engine and select Properties. Login if prompted. Click on Communication Protocols. 4 In the window to the right, a list of Supported protocols displays. Protocols that are selected on this dialog are considered available for use by the engine. 5 If the list of Selected protocols includes a value that is not supported on your network or that you do not wish to use, uncheck the value. Repeat for any other protocols you do not wish to use. You must leave at least one protocol in the Selected protocols list. 6 Click OK. 7 You need to restart the engine for the changes to take effect. Disabling Certain Protocols 8 Remember that you also need to confirm that your client computers are configured to use the protocol remaining in the Supported protocols list. Please refer to Chapter 18, “Configuring Network Communications for Clients.” 10-9 Network Settings for Server Engine on NetWare 10-10 chapter Application Configuration on NetWare 11 Issues for Configuring Applications on the NetWare Platform This chapter contains the following sections: “Local Applications on NetWare Servers” on page 11-2 “NSS Volume Support” on page 11-3 11-1 Application Configuration on NetWare Local Applications on NetWare Servers 11-2 You can run NLM-based local NetWare applications in NetWare 4.2, 5.0 and above, and 6.0. The NLM environment does not recognize drive letters or environment variables. Thus, for commands that require a filename, the name must include the full path name, such as SYS:\NWSQL\DEMODATA\PATIENTS.DTA. If you do not specify a volume, the utility assumes SYS: is the volume. NSS Volume Support NSS Volume Support Pervasive PSQL supports NetWare Storage Services (NSS) volumes on NetWare 5 and up, provided that you load the NSS volumes prior to starting the database engine. For example, you should issue the BSTART or MGRSTART command only after loading the NSS volumes as shown here: LOAD NSS MOUNT ALL SYS:ETC\INITSYS.NCF MGRSTART or BSTART Also, please note that database updates performed against data files on NSS volumes may run more slowly than with earlier versions of NetWare. As noted in Novell TID 2952147 (http://www.novell.com), “NSS is optimized for reading files.” Updates “will almost always perform a little faster on the legacy file system.” Based on this information, you may wish to store frequentlyupdated data files on regular NetWare volumes rather than NSS volumes. 11-3 Application Configuration on NetWare 11-4 I NSTALLING C OMPONENTS L INUX FOR chapter Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux 12 Instructions for First-time Installation of Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Server This chapter contains procedures for installing or uninstalling Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. If you have an existing version of a Pervasive PSQL Server and need to upgrade to the current version, see “Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux” on page 15-1. The chapter contains the following sections: “Before You Begin” on page 12-2 “Installing Pervasive PSQL Server Using RPM” on page 12-3 “Installing Pervasive PSQL Server Using Tar” on page 12-5 “After Installation” on page 12-7 “Uninstalling the Server Engine” on page 12-12 12-1 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux Before You Begin This section contains information you need to be familiar with to successfully install Pervasive PSQL Server. Before installing, review the following documents: Chapter 2, “Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL” – This chapter provides important information including system requirements and platform specific notes. README file – This file is located on the distribution media and contains late-breaking product news that could not be included in the product documentation. Samba Package If you are planning to access the Pervasive PSQL transactional interface across a network from a Windows-based client, we Installation recommend that the Samba package be installed on the server. Please refer to the Samba website, http://www.samba.org, for installation and configuration instructions. After installing Pervasive PSQL Server, review “Supported Path Formats for Samba” on page 16-7 for information regarding Samba’s path configuration. Platform Notes You must have at least kernel 2.4 to install the Server engine. If you have any trouble with the installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” 12-2 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server Using RPM Installing Pervasive PSQL Server Using RPM The RPM format allows you to install the product if your Linux distribution contains the Red Hat Package Manager (RPM). Version 4 or greater of RPM is required. The name of the PCC installation package conforms to a convention of Pervasive.SQL-x.xx-yyy.yyy.i486.rpm, where x.xx designates a release number and yyy.yyy designates a build number. Refer to the distribution media for the actual name of the package. Note To install this package, you must be logged in as root. If you are installing from the CD, you must be at the CD root directory. ³ To install Pervasive PSQL Server: Note This task is for a first-time installation of Pervasive PSQL Server. If you have a previous version of Pervasive PSQL on your Linux machine, see “Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux” on page 15-1. 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Assuming the RPM package is in the current directory, enter the following command. rpm -ivh Pervasive.SQL-release-build.rpm Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media. If the RPM package is in another directory, preface the package name with a path. The package script installs the product and performs other tasks as noted in “After Installation” on page 12-7. 12-3 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux Note If you have any trouble with installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” You can verify that the RPM packager installed the Pervasive PSQL Server by executing the following case-sensitive command at a terminal window: rpm -q ‘Pervasive.SQL’ You can verify which Pervasive PSQL products have been installed by the RPM packager by executing the following casesensitive command at a terminal window: rpm -qa | grep ‘Pervasive’ 12-4 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server Using Tar Installing Pervasive PSQL Server Using Tar The tar format allows you to install the product if you have a Linux distribution that does not support the RPM format or if you prefer not to use RPM. The name of the PCC installation package conforms to a convention of Pervasive.SQL-x.xx-yyy.yyy.i486.tar.gz, where x.xx designates a release number and yyy.yyy designates a build number. Refer to the distribution media for the actual name of the package. Note To install this package, you must be logged in as root. If you are installing from the CD, you must be at the CD root directory. ³ To install the product using tar: 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Change to the /usr/local directory. cd /usr/local 3 Copy the tar into /usr/local cp path_to_tar/Pervasive.SQL-release-build.tar.gz . For example, if you downloaded the tar into the /home/bholly directory: cp /home/bholly/Pervasive.SQL-release-build.tar.gz . Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media.. 4 Unpack the tar using the following command. tar -xzf Pervasive.SQL-release-build.tar.gz 5 Change directories to the /usr/local/psql/etc folder where the installation scripts reside. cd psql/etc 6 Run the pre-installation script: 12-5 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux sh preinstall.sh 7 Run the post installation script: sh postinstall.sh Your tar installation is complete. Read the next section “After Installation” on page 12-7 to understand what actions the postinstall script performs. 12-6 After Installation After Installation The post-installation script performs the following tasks: Creates user psql and group pvsw Sets user:group ownership to psql:pvsw for the installed files Stops Pervasive PSQL daemons if they are running Applies a 10 user, 30 day limited license Launches the Pervasive PSQL daemon – mkded Creates a new ODBC DSN (data source name) for the DEMODATA test database Creates a new Samba share PSQLDATA if Samba configuration file is found Creates startup/shutdown scripts for Pervasive PSQL daemons After the installation script is finished, you should verify that the engine daemon (mkded) is running with the Linux ps utility: Type the following at the command prompt: ps -e | egrep ‘mkded’ User Count License Once you have completed installation, you may need to update your user count license by using the clilcadm utility. The update can be done anytime before using Pervasive PSQL from a client. Information about how to do this can be found in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide (see “License Administrator” on page 4-1). Detailed information about clilcadm can also be found in the man pages and in the documentation for clilcadm located in the “Linux Supplementary Documentation” section of Pervasive PSQL User's Guide. Note You must be a member of group pvsw to run the clilcadm utility. See “Pervasive PSQL Account Management on Linux” on page 16-4 for more information. Accessing README File Information The README file, readme.htm, contains late-breaking product news that could not be included as part of the JavaHelp documentation. You can access the README file from two different locations: 12-7 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux Configuration The root directory on the distribution media. In the following directory: /usr/local/psql/bin/plugins/ com.pervasive.help.ui_1.0.0 (provided you install the JavaHelp documentation). Generally, the default configuration settings for Pervasive PSQL Server are sufficient. See “Configuration” on page 16-6 for settings that you may want or need to set. Common If you are have problems with your installation, see Chapter 19, Questions After “Troubleshooting After Installation” or get help online from our Knowledge Base website at http://support.pervasive.com/eSupport. Installation How Do I Read the Online Documentation? The only documentation installed with Pervasive PSQL Server is a set of man pages for the command-line utilities. The Pervasive PSQL manuals, in JavaHelp format, must be installed separately. See “Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux” on page 14-1. Where Do Files Reside After Installing The Server Engine? For a given OS platform, installing the Server engine creates the directories listed in the table below. For certain directories, the table also lists the primary files. $PVSW_ROOT refers to the root directory where Pervasive PSQL files are installed. By default it is set to the following: Default $PVSW_ROOT /usr/local/psql Path from $PVSW_ROOT File Description ./ LICENSE License information bcfg Configuration utility bdu Bulk data import utility ./bin 12-8 After Installation Path from $PVSW_ROOT File Description bmon Monitor utility btadmin Add Pervasive user and passwords butil Btrieve maintenance utility clilcadm License administrator utility dbmaint Database maintenance utility dsnadd Add DSN utility event.log Pervasive PSQL event log instwrap isql ODBC client utility mkded Btrieve database server daemon odbcci.so ODBC driver shared object psregsvr Pervasive Services pvdbpass Database password utility pvddl Data dictionary language utility. pvswauth ./bin/plugins An empty directory that is used for for PCC and JavaHelp documentation if you install them. They are separate installations. ./data/DEMODATA Sample University database billing.mkd Billing table class.mkd Class table course.mkd Course table dept.mkd Department table enrolls.mkd Enrolls table faculty.mkd Faculty table 12-9 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux Path from $PVSW_ROOT File Description field.ddf Field DDF file file.ddf File DDF file index.ddf Index DDF file person.mkd Person table room.mkd Room table student.mkd Student table tuition.mkd Tuition table sample.btr Sample Btrieve file upper.alt Alternate collating sequence .PSRegistry This directory, and its subordinate directories, comprise the Pervasive registry, where configuration settings are retained btpasswd User passwords file dbnames.cfg Master table of database names odbc.ini ODBC settings preinstall.sh Shell script that runs before product installation postinstall.sh Shell script that runs after product installation preuninstall.sh Shell script that runs before product removal postuninstall.sh Shell script that runs after product removal psregistry.ini Registry information for server ./data/samples ./etc ./lib 12-10 Library shared objects After Installation Path from $PVSW_ROOT File Description ./log Log files directory ./man/man1 Directory that includes man pages for the command-line utilities What to Do Next? To install the Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux, see “Installing Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux” on page 13-1. See “Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux” on page 16-1 for information on using the Pervasive PSQL products after you install them. If you are having difficulties after installing, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” For information about user licenses, see Pervasive PSQL User's Guide - Chapter 4, “License Administrator”. 12-11 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux Uninstalling the Server Engine This section describes how to remove the Pervasive PSQL Server product from your Linux machine. The uninstall program does not remove the system databases DEFAULTDB, TEMPDB, and SYSTEMDB, or the sample database DEMODATA. ³ To uninstall the RPM version: 1 Log in as the root user using the “su” command. 2 Execute the following case-sensitive command: rpm -e ‘Pervasive.SQL’ The package manager removes all files, links, and configuration settings made by the initial installation. ³ To uninstall the Tar version: 1 Log in as the root user using the su command. 2 Change directory to the etc folder, which resides at the root level of your Pervasive PSQL folder. cd /usr/local/psql/etc 3 Execute the uninstall scripts in the following sequence: sh preuninstall.sh sh postuninstall.sh The product is now removed. Note Run the scripts in sequence: preuninstall first followed by postuninstall. 4 The uninstall scripts remain in the /usr/local/psql/etc directory after the product is removed. You may want to remove the scripts themselves as follows: cd /usr/local/psql/etc rm preunistall.sh rm postunistall.sh 12-12 Uninstalling the Server Engine 12-13 Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux 12-14 chapter Installing Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux 13 Instructions for First-time Installation of Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Client for Linux This chapter contains steps for installing or uninstalling the Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Client software for Linux. If you have an existing version of a Pervasive PSQL Client and need to upgrade to the current version, see “Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux” on page 15-1. The chapter contains the following sections: “Before You Begin” on page 13-2 “Installing the Pervasive PSQL Client Using RPM” on page 13-3 “Installing the Client Using Tar” on page 13-5 “After Installation” on page 13-7 “Uninstalling the Pervasive PSQL Client” on page 13-11 13-1 Installing Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux Before You Begin This section contains information with which you need to be familiar to successfully install the Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux. Before installing, review the following documents: Hardware/ Software Requirements README file – This file is located on the distribution media and contains late-breaking product news that could not be included in the JavaHelp documentation. This section lists the requirements needed to install the Client. Hardware See “Check the Hardware Requirements” on page 2-6. Software Kernel version 2.4 or higher. Glibc 2.2 or higher Samba 2.2.6 (if you have Windows clients in your environment) PAM Libraries (if PAM is selected for security) iODBC or unixODBC if using ODBC/SQL in your applications. Some Linux distributions come with iODBC pre-installed. The Pervasive PSQL Client is installed with a version of the unixODBC driver manager. See also “Check the Software Requirements” on page 2-9. Linux Client in Conjunction with Server Engine The Linux Client can be installed in the following configurations: On a Linux machine with no Pervasive PSQL products currently installed. On a Linux machine with a Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 Server engine installed. Linux Client and Status 3031 If your server engine does not match the requirements listed, your applications may receive the following status code: “status 3031: Linux requester cannot connect to this server.” This status code indicates client/server incompatibility. In some cases, you may 13-2 Before You Begin receive a permissions error status instead: “94: The application encountered a permission error.” 13-3 Installing Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux Installing the Pervasive PSQL Client Using RPM The RPM format allows you to install the product if your Linux distribution contains the Red Hat Package Manager (RPM). Version 4 or greater of RPM is required. The name of the PCC installation package conforms to a convention of Pervasive.SQL-Client-x.xx-yyy.yyy.i486.rpm, where x.xx designates a release number and yyy.yyy designates a build number. Refer to the distribution media for the actual name of the package. Note To install this package, you must be logged in as root. If you are installing from the CD, you must be at the CD root directory. ³ To install Pervasive PSQL Linux Client: 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Assuming the RPM package is in the current directory, enter the following command. rpm -ivh Pervasive.SQL-Client-release-build.rpm Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media. If the RPM package is in another directory, preface the package name with a path. If you are installing to a non-RPM based Linux installation such as Slackware, you need to add the --nodeps option so that the package manager does not check for RPM dependencies that are not present on your system. For example, rpm -ivh --nodeps Pervasive.SQL-Client-release-build.rpm. The package script installs the product and performs other tasks as noted in “After Installation” on page 13-7. See also “Configuring Network Communications for Clients” on page 18-1. 13-4 Installing the Pervasive PSQL Client Using RPM Verifying an RPM Installation You can verify that the RPM packager installed the Pervasive PSQL package by executing the following case-sensitive command at a terminal window: rpm -q ‘Pervasive.SQL-Client’ The command should return the specific client version that you just installed (Pervasive.SQL-Client-release-build). 13-5 Installing Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux Installing the Client Using Tar The tar format allows you to install the product if you have a Linux distribution that does not support the RPM format or if you prefer not to use RPM. The name of the documentation installation package conforms to a convention of Pervasive.SQL-Client-x.xx-yyy.yyy.i486.tar.gz, where x.xx designates a release number and yyy.yyy designates a build number. Refer to the distribution media for the actual name of the package. ³ To install Pervasive PSQL Client: 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Change to the /usr/local directory. cd /usr/local 3 Copy the tar into /usr/local cp path_to_tar/Pervasive.SQL-Client-releasebuild.tar.gz . For example, if the tar resides in the /home/bholly directory: cp /home/bholly/Pervasive.SQL-Client-releasebuild.tar.gz . Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media. 4 Unpack the tar using the following command. tar -xzf Pervasive.SQL-Client-release-build.tar.gz The unpacking action creates a directory named “psqlclient.” 5 Create the following directory: mkdir /usr/local/psql 6 Copy the contents of the psqlclient folder into the psql folder. cp -R psqlclient/* /usr/local/psql 7 13-6 Change directories to the /usr/local/psql/etc folder where the Pervasive PSQL installation scripts reside. Installing the Client Using Tar cd psql/etc 8 Run the pre-installation script: sh clientpreinstall.sh 9 Run the post installation script: sh clientpostinstall.sh Your tar installation is complete. See “After Installation” on page 13-7 to understand what actions the script performed. See also “Configuring Network Communications for Clients” on page 18-1. 13-7 Installing Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux After Installation This section discusses information applicable after you install the Pervasive PSQL Client. If using the RPM format of installation, the two installation scripts are run automatically before and after the package manager copies all necessary files onto disk (default location is /usr/local/psql). If using the tar format, you run only the clientpostinstall.sh script manually during the installation as described in “Installing the Client Using Tar” on page 13-5. Whether run automatically or manually, the scripts perform the following tasks: Verifies necessary permissions to complete install Creates user psql and group pvsw Sets user:group ownership to psql:pvsw for the installed files Archives certain files if components from a previous engine are in conflict with the new client installation. Archived files are placed in /usr/local/psql/PVSWARCH Configuring the For network communications involving clients, see “Connecting Clients to a Sample Database” on page 17-1. All configuration Linux Client settings for the Linux client are discussed fully in “Linux Client Configuration Parameters” on page 5-55 in the Advanced Operations Guide. Linux Clients and the Monitor Utility This information applies only to Linux clients that use a static IP address. Ignore this subsection if you use DHCP and have a DSN to resolve named addresses. When you monitor Linux clients using the Pervasive PSQL Monitor utility, the client IP address that gets transmitted across the network originates from the “host” file. If the system name and IP have not been added to the “host” file, network communication uses the local host's IP address, which is 127.0.0.1 (a loopback address). If you change the loopback address to the correct IP, or if you add the system’s name and IP to the “host” file on the Linux client, the client name correctly displays when in the Monitor utility. 13-8 After Installation Mounting NetWare Volumes The Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux only supports mounting using NFS. You cannot use ncpmount to mount your NetWare volumes. For example, the following is a valid mount command: mount -t nfs nfs_volume local_dir options Common If you are have problems with your installation, see Chapter 19, Questions After “Troubleshooting After Installation” or get help online from our Knowledge Base website at http://support.pervasive.com/eSupport. Installing the Linux Client How Do I Read the Online Documentation? The only documentation installed with Pervasive PSQL Client is a set of man pages for the command-line utilities. The Pervasive PSQL manuals, in JavaHelp format, must be installed separately. See “Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux” on page 14-1. Where Do Files Reside After Installing The Client? For a given OS platform, installing Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 creates the directories listed in the table below. For certain directories, the table also lists the primary files. $PVSW_ROOT refers to the root directory where Pervasive PSQL files are installed. By default it is set to the following: Default $PVSW_ROOT /usr/local/psql Path from $PVSW_ROOT File Description bcfg Configuration utility bmon Monitor utility butil Btrieve maintenance utility dsnadd Add DSN utility isql ODBC client utility ./bin 13-9 Installing Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux Path from $PVSW_ROOT ./bin/plugins File Description psinstall Pervasive installation utility (for use by the Pervasive install scripts - not a general use utility) psregedit Pervasive Registry editor utility psregsvr Pervasive Services component registration utility pvddl Pervasive DDL utility pvnetpass Pervasive Network Password utility rbldcli Rebuild utility com.pervasive.help.ui Pervasive JavaHelp user interface com.pervasive.help. docs.psql.enus Pervasive PSQL documentation and README odbc.ini ODBC settings clientpreinstall.sh Shell script that runs before product installation clientpostinstall.sh Shell script that runs after product installation clientpreuninstall.sh Shell script that runs before product removal clientpostuninstall.sh Shell script that runs after product removal ./etc ./lib Library shared objects ./log Log files directory ./man/man1 Man pages directory What to Do Next? See “Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux” on page 16-1 for information on using the Pervasive PSQL products after you install them. 13-10 After Installation See “Connecting Clients to a Sample Database” on page 17-1 and “Configuring Network Communications for Clients” on page 18-1 for additional information about clients. If you are having difficulties after installing, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” 13-11 Installing Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux Uninstalling the Pervasive PSQL Client This section describes how to remove the Pervasive PSQL Client product from your Linux machine. ³ To uninstall the RPM version: 1 Log in as the root user using the “su” command. 2 Execute the following case-sensitive command: rpm -e ‘Pervasive.SQL-Client’ The package manager removes all files, links, and configuration settings made by the initial installation. ³ To uninstall the Tar version: 1 Log in as the root user using the “su” command. 2 Change directory to the etc folder, which resides at the root level of your Pervasive PSQL folder. cd /usr/local/psql/etc 3 Run the uninstall scripts in the following sequence: sh clientpreuninstall.sh sh clientpostuninstall.sh The product is now removed. Note Run the scripts in sequence: clientpreuninstall first followed by clientpostuninstall. 4 The uninstall scripts remain in the /usr/local/psql/etc directory after the product is removed. You may want to remove the scripts themselves with the following commands: cd /usr/local/psql/etc rm client*.sh 13-12 chapter Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux 14 First-time Installation of Pervasive PSQL PCC and Documentation on Linux This chapter contains steps for installing or uninstalling Pervasive PSQL Control Center (PCC) and JavaHelp documentation. The chapter contains the following sections: “Before You Begin” on page 14-2 “Installing Pervasive PSQL Control Center Using RPM” on page 14-4 “Installing Pervasive PSQL Control Center Using Tar” on page 14-6 “Installing Pervasive PSQL Documentation Using RPM” on page 14-8 “Installing Pervasive PSQL Documentation Using Tar” on page 14-10 “How to Access the Documentation” on page 14-12 “Common Questions After Installing PCC and Documentation” on page 14-14 “Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL Control Center” on page 14-15 “Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL Documentation” on page 14-16 14-1 Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux Before You Begin This section contains information you need to be familiar with to successfully install Pervasive PSQL Control Center, JavaHelp documentation, or both. Review the following documents before attempting the installation: Pervasive PSQL Control Center Chapter 2, “Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL” – This chapter provides important information including system requirements and platform specific notes. README file – This file is located on the distribution media and contains late-breaking product news that could not be included in the JavaHelp documentation. Pervasive PSQL Control Center (PCC) is an easy-to-use, graphical tool designed to help you create and manipulate databases and control your DBMS. See “Using Pervasive PSQL Control Center” on page 3-1 in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide. PCC contains its own installation packages and is an optional utility. (The command-line utilities that are required for Linux are installed as part of the Server installation or Client installation. See “Command Line Interface Utilities” on page 8-1 in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide.) The PCC installation does not install the Pervasive PSQL JavaHelp documentation. Note The PCC installation requires that a Pervasive PSQL Server engine or a Pervasive PSQL Client already be installed. Documentation The Pervasive PSQL documentation for Linux is provided in JavaHelp format. The documentation contains its own installation packages and is optional. (Man pages are provided for the command-line utilities. The man pages are installed as part of the Server or Client installation and not as part of the JavaHelp installation.) 14-2 Before You Begin Note The documentation provides help information for PCC. If you install PCC, no help is available for the utility unless you also install the documentation. Required Conditions for Installation The following conditions are required for both the PCC installation and the documentation installation. Requirements specific to either product are listed in the installation section for that product. A Linux kernel version of at least 2.4. An RPM version of at least 4 (if you install the RPM package). A compatible Java Runtime Environment (JRE) Standard Edition. You must manually install the JRE, which is available for download from http://java.sun.com. Refer to the Pervasive PSQL README file for the supported versions of the JRE. See “README File” on page 14-13. You must be logged in as root. If you are installing from the CD, you must be at the CD root directory. JRE Missing or Incorrect Version The installation scripts for PCC and JavaHelp determine if the JRE is missing or if you have an incompatible version. The scripts warn you for either condition but allow you to continue the installation. If you receive such a warning but continue the installation, then you must complete the following steps before using PCC and JavaHelp: 1 Install JRE 1.5.0 or greater. 2 Run the post installation script: pccpostinstall.sh for PCC docspostinstall.sh for JavaHelp By default, the post installation scripts are located in the /usr/ local/psql/etc directory. Note You may also receive either warning if you installed a compatible version of the JRE but did not add it to the root user default environment that is loaded at login time. If so, add the JRE to the default environment for the root user before using PCC or JavaHelp. 14-3 Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux Installing Pervasive PSQL Control Center Using RPM The RPM format allows you to install the product if your Linux distribution contains the Red Hat Package Manager (RPM). The name of the PCC installation package conforms to a convention of Pervasive.SQL-PCC-x.xx-yyy.yyy.i486.rpm, where x.xx designates a release number and yyy.yyy designates a build number. Refer to the distribution media for the actual name of the package. The PCC installation requires that a Pervasive PSQL Server engine or a Pervasive PSQL Client already be installed. See “Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux” on page 12-1 and “Installing Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux” on page 13-1. RPM Installation Steps ³ To install PCC using RPM: 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Assuming that the RPM package is in the current directory, enter the following command. rpm -ivh Pervasive.SQL-PCC-release-build.rpm Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media. If the RPM package is in another directory, preface the package name with a path. The package script installs the product. Note Certain requirements must be met before you can run PCC. See “Starting PCC On Linux” on page 3-4 in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide. After Installation You can verify that the RPM packager installed PCC by issuing the following case-sensitive command at a terminal window: rpm -q ‘Pervasive.SQL-PCC’ 14-4 Installing Pervasive PSQL Control Center Using RPM You can verify all Pervasive PSQL products that have been installed by the RPM packager by executing the following case-sensitive command at a terminal window: rpm -qa | grep ‘Pervasive’ Accessing README file information Pervasive Software recommends that you review the README file for additional information pertaining to the product. See “README File” on page 14-13. 14-5 Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux Installing Pervasive PSQL Control Center Using Tar The tar format allows you to install the product if you have a Linux distribution that does not support the RPM format or if you prefer not to use RPM. The name of the PCC installation package conforms to a convention of Pervasive.SQL-PCC-x.xx-yyy.yyy.i486.tar.gz, where x.xx designates a release number and yyy.yyy designates a build number. Refer to the distribution media for the actual name of the package. The PCC installation requires that a Pervasive PSQL Server engine or a Pervasive PSQL Client already be installed. See “Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux” on page 12-1 and “Installing Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux” on page 13-1. Tar Installation Steps ³ To install PCC using tar: 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Change to the /usr/local/ directory. cd /usr/local 3 Copy the tar to the /usr/local directory. cp path_to_tar/Pervasive.SQL-PCC-releasebuild.tar.gz . Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media. For example, if you downloaded the tar into the /home/bholly directory: cp /home/bholly/Pervasive.SQL-PCC-releasebuild.tar.gz . 4 Unpack the tar using the following command. tar -xzf Pervasive.SQL-PCC-release-build.tar.gz 5 Change directories to the /usr/local/psql/etc folder where the installation scripts reside. cd psql/etc 14-6 Installing Pervasive PSQL Control Center Using Tar 6 Run the pre-installation script: sh pccpreinstall.sh 7 Run the post installation script: sh pccpostinstall.sh Your tar installation is complete. Note Certain requirements must be met before you can run PCC. See “Starting PCC On Linux” on page 3-4 in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide. Accessing README file information Pervasive Software recommends that you review the README file for additional information pertaining to the product. See “README File” on page 14-13. 14-7 Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux Installing Pervasive PSQL Documentation Using RPM The RPM format allows you to install the product if your Linux distribution contains the Red Hat Package Manager (RPM). The name of the documentation installation package conforms to a convention of Pervasive.SQL-DOC-x.xx-yyy.yyy.i486.rpm, where x.xx designates a release number and yyy.yyy designates a build number. Refer to the distribution media for the actual name of the package. RPM Installation Steps ³ To install documentation using RPM: Note This procedure is only for a first-time installation. If you have a previous version of documentation on your machine, see “Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux” on page 15-1. 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Assuming the RPM package is in the current directory, enter the following command. rpm -ivh Pervasive.SQL-DOC-release-build.rpm If the RPM package is in another directory, preface the package name with a path. Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media. The package script installs the product. To view the documentation, see “How to Access the Documentation” on page 14-12. After Installation You can verify that the RPM packager installed the documentation by issuing the following case-sensitive command at a terminal window: rpm -q ‘Pervasive.SQL-DOC’ 14-8 Installing Pervasive PSQL Documentation Using RPM You can verify all Pervasive PSQL products that have been installed by the RPM packager by executing the following case-sensitive command at a terminal window: rpm -qa | grep ‘Pervasive’ Accessing README file information Pervasive Software recommends that you review the README file for additional information pertaining to the product. See “README File” on page 14-13. 14-9 Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux Installing Pervasive PSQL Documentation Using Tar If you are using a Linux distribution that does not support the RPM format, or you prefer not to use RPM, you can use the tar installation format. The name of the documentation installation package conforms to a convention of Pervasive.SQL-DOC-x.xx-yyy.yyy.i486.tar.gz, where x.xx designates a release number and yyy.yyy designates a build number. Refer to the distribution media for the actual name of the package. Tar Installation Steps ³ To install documentation using tar: 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Change to the /usr/local directory. cd /usr/local 3 Copy the tar to the /usr/local directory. cp path_to_tar/Pervasive.SQL-DOC-releasebuild.tar.gz . For example, if you downloaded the tar into the /home/bholly directory: cp /home/bholly/Pervasive.SQL-DOC-releasebuild.tar.gz . Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media. 4 Unpack the tar using the following command. tar -xzf Pervasive.SQL-DOC-release-build.tar.gz 5 Change directories to the /usr/local/psql/etc folder where the installation scripts reside. cd psql/etc 6 Run the pre-installation script: sh docspreinstall.sh 14-10 Installing Pervasive PSQL Documentation Using Tar 7 Run the post installation script: sh docspostinstall.sh Your tar installation is complete. To view the documentation, see “How to Access the Documentation” on page 14-12. Accessing README file information Pervasive Software recommends that you review the README file for additional information pertaining to the product. See “README File” on page 14-13. 14-11 Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux After Installation This section contains information applicable after you install the products. If you are having problems with your installation, go to Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation” or get help online from our Knowledge Base website at http://support.pervasive.com/ eSupport. How to Access The Pervasive PSQL documentation for Linux includes the following: the Documentation JavaHelp format of all books Man pages for the command-line utilities README file JavaHelp The JavaHelp format requires a Java Runtime Environment (JRE) Standard Edition. You can download the Standard Edition from java.sun.com. JavaHelp Configuration To run the Javahelp documentation, you must have a variable set for the following: PVSW_ROOT JAVA_HOME (or the PATH must contain the location of the JRE’s bin directory). PVSW_ROOT If PVSW_ROOT is not set, set it to /usr/local/psql and export the variable: PVSW_ROOT=/usr/local/psql export PVSW_ROOT JAVA_HOME If a JAVA_HOME environment variable is set, Pervasive PSQL JavaHelp assumes that the Java executable is at <JAVA_HOME>/bin/ java. JAVA_HOME is not set by the JRE install. Other vendors require a JAVA_HOME variable so it may be set on your system. If it is, then it takes precedence over any PATH statements. 14-12 After Installation Export the variable after you modify or create it: JAVA_HOME=/usr/local/java export JAVA_HOME Without a JAVA_HOME, Pervasive JavaHelp assumes that the PATH environment variable contains the location of your JRE’s bin directory. For example, the PATH would include something similar to the following: PATH=/usr/local/java/bin Note Some Linux distributions include gcj, a GNU compiler for the Java programming language. If your Linux distribution includes the gcj compiler, check your PATH environment variable. Ensure that the path to the Standard Edition JRE appears before the path to the gcj or that you have a JAVA_HOME variable set to the Standard Edition. ³ To view documentation: 1 Open a terminal window. 2 Run the shell script pvswdocs.sh: sh /usr/local/psql/bin/plugins/ com.pervasive.help.ui_1.0.0/pvswdocs.sh A slight delay occurs the first time that the JavaHelp instantiates. Man Pages Man pages are provided for the command-line utilities. To make these man pages available, add $PVSW_ROOT/man to your MANPATH environment variable. Note that the man pages are installed with Pervasive PSQL Server and with Pervasive PSQL Client. They are not installed as part of the JavaHelp documentation. See also “Man Pages” on page 16-2. README File The README file, readme.htm, contains late-breaking product news that could not be included as part of the JavaHelp documentation. 14-13 Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux You can access the README file from two different locations: The root directory on the distribution media In the following directory: /usr/local/psql/bin/plugins/ com.pervasive.help.ui_1.0.0 For your convenience, the “welcome” page of the JavaHelp documentation contains a link to the README file. Common Questions After Installing PCC and Documentation If you are have problems with your installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation” or get help online from our Knowledge Base website at http://support.pervasive.com/eSupport. What If I Get Errors Trying To Start PCC? See “Starting PCC On Linux” on page 3-4 in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide. What If No Help Displays from PCC? The JavaHelp documentation provides the help for PCC. The JavaHelp must be installed separately from PCC. See “Installing Pervasive PSQL Documentation Using RPM” on page 14-8 and “Installing Pervasive PSQL Documentation Using Tar” on page 1410. How Do I Read the Online Documentation? See “How to Access the Documentation” on page 14-12. 14-14 Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL Control Center Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL Control Center This section describes how to remove Pervasive PSQL Control Center from your Linux machine. ³ To uninstall the RPM version: 1 Log in as the root user using the “su” command. 2 Execute the following case-sensitive command: rpm -e ‘Pervasive.SQL-PCC’ The package manager removes all files, links, and configuration settings from the initial installation. ³ To uninstall the Tar version: 1 Log in as the root user using the “su” command. 2 Change directory to the etc folder, which resides at the root level of your Pervasive PSQL folder. cd /usr/local/psql/etc 3 Run the uninstall script: sh pccpostuninstall.sh The product is now removed. 4 The uninstall script remains in the /usr/local/psql/etc directory after the product is removed. You may want to remove the script itself with the following commands: cd /usr/local/psql/etc rm pcc*.sh 14-15 Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL Documentation This section describes how to remove the JavaHelp documentation from your Linux machine. ³ To uninstall the RPM version: 1 Log in as the root user using the “su” command. 2 Execute the following case-sensitive command: rpm -e ‘Pervasive.SQL-DOC’ The package manager removes all files installed by the initial installation. ³ To uninstall the Tar version: 1 Log in as the root user using the “su” command. 2 Change directory to the etc folder, which resides at the root level of your Pervasive PSQL folder. cd /usr/local/psql/etc 3 Run the uninstall script: sh docspostuninstall.sh The product is now removed. 4 The uninstall script remains in the /usr/local/psql/etc directory after the product is removed. You may want to remove the script itself with the following commands: cd /usr/local/psql/etc rm docs*.sh 14-16 chapter Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux 15 How to Upgrade an Existing Installation of Pervasive PSQL on Linux This chapter contains procedures for upgrading an existing installation of a Pervasive PSQL product on the Linux platform. If you need to perform a first-time installation of a Pervasive PSQL product, see “Installing Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux” on page 12-1 and “Installing Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux” on page 13-1. The chapter contains the following sections: “Before You Begin” on page 15-2 “Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Server Using RPM” on page 15-3 “Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Server Using Tar” on page 15-6 “Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Client Using RPM” on page 15-9 “Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Client Using Tar” on page 15-11 “After Upgrading” on page 15-14 15-1 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux Before You Begin This section contains information you need to be familiar with to successfully upgrade Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. Before upgrading, review the following documents: Chapter 2, “Preparing to Install Pervasive PSQL” – This chapter provides important information including system requirements and platform specific notes. README file – This file is located on the distribution media and contains late-breaking product news that could not be included in the product documentation. Samba Package If you are planning to access the Pervasive PSQL transactional interface across a network from a Windows-based client, we Installation recommend that the Samba package be installed on the server. Please refer to the Samba website, http://www.samba.org, for installation and configuration instructions. After installing Pervasive PSQL Server, review “Supported Path Formats for Samba” on page 16-7 for information regarding Samba’s path configuration. Platform Notes You must have at least kernel 2.4 to install the Server engine. If you have any trouble with the following installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” 15-2 Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Server Using RPM Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Server Using RPM The RPM format allows you to install the product if your Linux distribution contains the Red Hat Package Manager (RPM). Version 4 or greater of RPM is required. The name of the PCC installation package conforms to a convention of Pervasive.SQL-x.xx-yyy.yyy.i486.rpm, where x.xx designates a release number and yyy.yyy designates a build number. Refer to the distribution media for the actual name of the package. Note To install this package, you must be logged in as root. If you are installing from the CD, you must be at the CD root directory. Upgrade Pervasive PSQL 9 ³ To upgrade Pervasive PSQL Server: Note These upgrade steps apply only to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. See “Upgrade Versions Older than Pervasive PSQL 9” below if you have a product version prior to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Assuming the the new Pervasive PSQL RPM package is in the current directory, execute the following command. rpm -Uvh Pervasive.SQL-release-build.rpm Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media. If the RPM package is in another directory, preface the package name with a path. The package script installs the product and performs other tasks as noted in “Installation Information” on page 15-4. If you have any trouble with installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” 15-3 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux Upgrade Versions Older than Pervasive PSQL 9 ³ To upgrade Pervasive PSQL Server: Note These steps retain the configuration settings made for the previous version even though you uninstall the previous version. 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Uninstall the previous version Pervasive PSQL package. rpm -e ‘Pervasive.SQL-server’ 3 Assuming the new Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 RPM package is in the current directory, execute the following command. rpm -ivh Pervasive.SQL-release-build.rpm Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media. If the RPM package is in another directory, preface the package name with a path. The package script installs the product and performs other tasks as noted in “Installation Information” on page 15-4. If you had any trouble with installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” Installation Information For all installations, the package manager copies all necessary files onto disk (default location is /usr/local/psql) and runs a postinstallation script which performs the following tasks: 15-4 Creates user psql and group pvsw Sets user:group ownership to psql:pvsw for the installed files Stops Pervasive PSQL daemons if they are running Applies a 10 user, 30 day limited license Launches the Pervasive PSQL daemon – mkded Creates a new ODBC DSN (data source name) for the DEMODATA test database Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Server Using RPM Creates a new Samba share PSQLDATA if Samba configuration file is found Creates startup/shutdown scripts for Pervasive PSQL daemons After the installation script is finished, you should verify that the engine (mkded) is running with the Linux ps utility. Type the following at the command line: ps -e | egrep ‘mkded’ You can verify that the RPM packager upgraded the Pervasive PSQL package by issuing the following at the command prompt: rpm -q ‘Pervasive.SQL’ User Count License Once you have completed installation, you may need to update your user count license by using the clilcadm utility. The upgrade can be done anytime before using Pervasive PSQL from a client. Information about how to do this can be found in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide (see “License Administrator” on page 4-1). Detailed information about clilcadm can also be found in the man pages and in the documentation for clilcadm located in the “Linux Supplementary Documentation” section of Pervasive PSQL User's Guide. Note You must be a member of group pvsw to run the clilcadm utility. See “Pervasive PSQL Account Management on Linux” on page 16-4 for more information. Accessing README file information The README file, readme.htm, contains late-breaking product news that could not be included as part of the JavaHelp documentation. You can access the README file from two different locations: The root directory on the distribution media. In the following directory: /usr/local/psql/bin/plugins/ com.pervasive.help.ui_1.0.0 (provided you install the JavaHelp documentation). 15-5 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Server Using Tar The tar format allows you to install the product if you have a Linux distribution that does not support the RPM format or if you prefer not to use RPM. The name of the PCC installation package conforms to a convention of Pervasive.SQL-x.xx-yyy.yyy.i486.tar.gz, where x.xx designates a release number and yyy.yyy designates a build number. Refer to the distribution media for the actual name of the package. Note To install this package, you must be logged in as root. If you are installing from the CD, you must be at the CD root directory. Upgrade Pervasive PSQL 9 ³ To upgrade Pervasive PSQL Server: Note These upgrade steps apply only to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. See “Upgrade Versions Older than Pervasive PSQL 9” below if you have a product version prior to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Change to the /usr/local directory. cd /usr/local 3 Copy the tar into /usr/local cp path_to_tar/Pervasive.SQL-release-build.tar.gz . For example, if you downloaded the tar into the /home/bholly directory: cp /home/bholly/Pervasive.SQL-release-build.tar.gz . Note You must substitute the package name for the variable Pervasive.SQL-release-build.tar.gz to complete the installation. Verify the package name from the distribution media. 4 Unpack the tar using the following command. tar -xzf Pervasive.SQL-release-build.tar.gz 15-6 Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Server Using Tar 5 Change directories to the /usr/local/psql/etc folder where the installation scripts reside. cd psql/etc 6 Run the post installation script: sh postinstall.sh Your tar upgrade is complete. Upgrade Versions Prior to Pervasive PSQL 9 ³ To upgrade Pervasive PSQL Server: Note These steps retain the configuration settings made for the previous version even though you uninstall the previous version. 1 Log in as the root user using the “su” command. 2 Change directory to the etc folder, which resides at the root level of your Pervasive PSQL folder. cd /usr/local/psql/etc 3 Run the uninstall scripts in the following sequence: sh preuninstall.sh sh postuninstall.sh The previous version product is now removed. Note Run the scripts in sequence: preuninstall first followed by postuninstall. 4 The uninstall scripts remain in the /usr/local/psql/etc directory after the product is removed. Remove the scripts themselves with the following commands: cd etc rm preuninstall.sh rm postuninstall.sh 5 Change to the /usr/local directory. cd /usr/local 6 Copy the tar into /usr/local cp path_to_tar/Pervasive.SQL-release-build.tar.gz . 15-7 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux For example, if you downloaded the tar into the /home/bholly directory: cp /home/bholly/Pervasive.SQL-release-build.tar.gz . Note You must substitute the package name for the variable Pervasive.SQL-release-build.tar.gz to complete the installation. Verify the package name from the distribution media. 7 Unpack the tar using the following command. tar -xzf Pervasive.SQL-release-build.tar.gz 8 Change directories to the /usr/local/psql/etc folder where the installation scripts reside. cd psql/etc 9 Run the post installation script: sh postinstall.sh Your tar upgrade is complete. 15-8 Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Client Using RPM Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Client Using RPM The RPM format allows you to install the product if your Linux distribution contains the Red Hat Package Manager (RPM). Version 4 or greater of RPM is required. The name of the PCC installation package conforms to a convention of Pervasive.SQL-Client-x.xx-yyy.yyy.i486.rpm, where x.xx designates a release number and yyy.yyy designates a build number. Refer to the distribution media for the actual name of the package. Note To install this package, you must be logged in as root. If you are installing from the CD, you must be at the CD root directory. Upgrade Pervasive PSQL 9 ³ To upgrade Pervasive PSQL Client: Note These upgrade steps apply only to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. See “Upgrade Versions Older than Pervasive PSQL 9” below if you have a product version prior to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Assuming the the new Pervasive PSQL RPM package is in the current directory, execute the following command. rpm -Uvh Pervasive.SQL-Client-release-build.rpm Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media. If the RPM package is in another directory, preface the package name with a path. The package script installs the product and performs other tasks as noted in “Installation Information” on page 15-4. If you have any trouble with installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” 15-9 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux Upgrade Versions Prior to Pervasive PSQL 9 ³ To upgrade Pervasive PSQL Client: Note These steps retain the configuration settings made for the previous version even though you uninstall the previous version. 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Uninstall the previous Pervasive PSQL client package. rpm -e ‘Pervasive.SQL-client’ Note You cannot use the rpm -Uvh command to upgrade the package because the package name has changed. 3 Assuming the new Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 RPM package is in the current directory, issue the following command. rpm -ivh Pervasive.SQL-Client-release-build.rpm Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media. If the RPM package is in another directory, preface the package name with a path. The package script installs the product and performs other tasks as noted in “Installation Information” on page 15-4. If you had any trouble with installation, see Chapter 19, “Troubleshooting After Installation.” 15-10 Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Client Using Tar Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Client Using Tar The tar format allows you to install the product if you have a Linux distribution that does not support the RPM format or if you prefer not to use RPM. The name of the PCC installation package conforms to a convention of Pervasive.SQL-Client-x.xx-yyy.yyy.i486.tar.gz, where x.xx designates a release number and yyy.yyy designates a build number. Refer to the distribution media for the actual name of the package. Note To install this package, you must be logged in as root. If you are installing from the CD, you must be at the CD root directory. Upgrade Pervasive PSQL 9 ³ To upgrade Pervasive PSQL Client: Note These upgrade steps apply only to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. See “Upgrade Versions Older than Pervasive PSQL 9” below if you have a product version prior to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. 1 Log in as the root user. 2 Change to the /usr/local directory. cd /usr/local 3 Copy the tar into /usr/local cp path_to_tar/Pervasive.SQL-Client-releasebuild.tar.gz . For example, if the tar resides in the /home/bholly directory: cp /home/bholly/Pervasive.SQL-Client-releasebuild.tar.gz . Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media. 4 Unpack the tar using the following command. tar -xzf Pervasive.SQL-Client-release-build.tar.gz 15-11 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux The unpacking action creates a directory named “psqlclient.” 5 Copy the contents of the psqlclient folder into the psql folder. cp -R psqlclient/* /usr/local/psql 6 Change directories to the /usr/local/psql/etc folder where the Pervasive PSQL installation scripts reside. cd psql/etc 7 Run the post installation script: sh clientpostinstall.sh Upgrade Versions Prior to Pervasive PSQL 9 ³ To upgrade Pervasive PSQL Client: Note These steps retain the configuration settings made for the previous version even though you uninstall the previous version. 1 Log in as the root user using the “su” command. 2 Change directory to the etc folder, which resides at the root level of your Pervasive PSQL folder. cd /usr/local/psql/etc 3 Run the uninstall scripts in the following sequence: sh clientpreuninstall.sh sh clientpostuninstall.sh The previous version product is now removed. Note Run the scripts in sequence: clientpreuninstall first followed by clientpostuninstall. 4 The uninstall scripts remain in the /usr/local/psql/etc directory after the product is removed. Remove the scripts themselves with the following commands: cd etc rm client*.sh 5 Change to the /usr/local directory. cd /usr/local 6 15-12 Copy the current release tar into /usr/local Upgrading Pervasive PSQL Client Using Tar cp path_to_tar/Pervasive.SQL-Client-releasebuild.tar.gz . For example, if the tar resides in the /home/bholly directory: cp /home/bholly/Pervasive.SQL-Client-releasebuild.tar.gz . Note You must substitute release-build with the information from the package name to perform the installation. Verify the complete package name from the distribution media. 7 Unpack the tar using the following command. tar -xzf Pervasive.SQL-Client-release-build.tar.gz The unpacking action creates a directory named “psqlclient.” 8 Copy the contents of the psqlclient folder into the psql folder. cp -R psqlclient/* /usr/local/psql 9 Change directories to the /usr/local/psql/etc folder where the Pervasive PSQL installation scripts reside. cd psql/etc 10 Run the post installation script: sh clientpostinstall.sh Your tar upgrade installation is complete. 15-13 Upgrading Your Pervasive PSQL Installation for Linux After Upgrading This section discusses information applicable after you upgrade a product. Configuration Generally, the default configuration settings for Pervasive PSQL Server are sufficient. See “Configuration” on page 16-6 for settings that you may want or need to set. If you want to explore all of the configuration settings, see the following chapters in Advanced Operations Guide: “Changing Your Configuration” on page 4-1 “Configuration Reference” on page 5-1 Common If you are have problems with your installation, go to Chapter 19, Questions After “Troubleshooting After Installation” or get help online from our Knowledge Base website at http://support.pervasive.com/eSupport. Upgrading How Do I Read the Online Documentation? The only documentation installed with Pervasive PSQL Server or Pervasive PSQL Client is a set of man pages for the command-line utilities. The Pervasive PSQL manuals, in JavaHelp format, must be installed separately. See “Installing PCC and Documentation on Linux” on page 14-1. What Files Were Installed as Part of Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2? During the upgrade, your existing Pervasive PSQL files were updated to the latest versions. See “Where Do Files Reside After Installing The Server Engine?” on page 12-8 and “Where Do Files Reside After Installing The Client?” on page 13-9. What to Do Next? See “Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux” on page 16-1 for information on using the Pervasive PSQL products after you install them. For information about user licenses, see Pervasive PSQL User's Guide - Chapter 4, “License Administrator.” 15-14 chapter Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux 16 Working With the Installed Products The chapter contains the following sections: “Finding What You Need” on page 16-2 “Pervasive PSQL Account Management on Linux” on page 16-4 “Configuration” on page 16-6 “Client Information” on page 16-8 “Setting Up Web-based Data Access” on page 16-13 “Using Perl and ODBC with Pervasive PSQL” on page 16-22 16-1 Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux Finding What You Need Accessing the See “How to Access the Documentation” on page 14-12. JavaHelp Documentation Man Pages The man pages are installed with Pervasive PSQL Server or Client. The following man pages are available: bcfg bdu bmon btadmin butil clilcadm dbmaint dsnadd isql mkded psregedit psregsvr pvdbpass pvddl pvnetpass rbldcli To make these man pages available, add $PVSW_ROOT/man to your MANPATH environment variable. If you need more detailed information on a utility or application, see “Linux-Only CLI Utilities” on page 8-5. Note Check the man pages for the most current information. Every effort is made to ensure that the information in this guide matches that in the man pages. On occasion, last-minute changes may be included in the man pages after this guide has been published. Exclusions 16-2 Because the Linux platform is unique, the following area areas in the Pervasive PSQL documentation do not apply to Linux. Finding What You Need The sections, “Understanding the Pervasive Component Architecture” on page 3-1 of the Advanced Operations Guide regarding “Overview of Smart Components,” on page 3-9 “Component Identification,” on page 3-11 or “Unique Component Naming” on page 3-12 do not apply to Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. The section, “Understanding the Pervasive Component Architecture” on page 3-1 of the Advanced Operations Guide regarding “Pervasive PSQL Event Logging” on page 3-16 is different for Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 on Linux. Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 uses the standard Linux logging system. Depending on the configuration of /etc/ syslog.conf, messages are sent to the syslogd daemon, which does one of the following: logs it in an appropriate system log writes it to the system console forwards it to a list of users forwards it to syslogd on another host over the network More information can be found in the man pages for syslogd and syslog.conf. The section, “Configuration Reference” on page 5-1 of the Advanced Operations Guide regarding the settings for “System Cache (Windows/Linux engines only)” on page 5-34 and “Accept Remote Request (Windows/Linux engines only)” on page 5-7 are ignored in Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 for Linux. The chapter, “Manipulating Btrieve Data Files with Maintenance” on page 13-1 of the Advanced Operations Guide works only on the client for Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. 16-3 Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux Pervasive PSQL Account Management on Linux This section discusses information on Linux user accounts with respect to operation of Pervasive PSQL. After Installation Behavior The User Environment 16-4 You must be logged in as user psql to run utilities (except for PCC). User psql has no password and can only be accessed through the root account by using the su command. All Pervasive files have user:group ownership psql:pvsw You must be logged in as root to run the start and stop scripts for the Pervasive PSQL engines. You can run utilities on other user accounts if you add the necessary environment variables to the user .bash_profile or system /etc/profile as described in “Using Utilities from Users Other than psql” on page 16-5. In addition to the instructions outlined in “Using Utilities from Users Other than psql,” users other than ROOT must be a member of the group pvsw to perform functionality with the following utilities: Pervasive PSQL Control Center (PCC) to administer the local server. License Administrator utility (clilcadm) for functions other than displaying current licenses. Named Database Maintenance utility (dbmaint) for functions other than displaying current databases. Pervasive Services Registry Editor (psregedit) for functions other than displaying the registry. Linux command-line configuration (bcfg). The Java Runtime Environment (JRE) is required to use the Pervasive PSQL JavaHelp documentation. The Pervasive PSQL documentation installation detects whether a compatible JRE is present. If not, you must manually install the JRE before you can install the JavaHelp documentation. The single environment variable $PVSW_ROOT is used to determine the location of installed components. The generic location for configuration files are $PVSW_ROOT/etc. For executable files, the Pervasive PSQL Account Management on Linux location is $PVSW_ROOT/bin, and for shared libraries the location is $PVSW_ROOT/lib. It is recommended that you add $PVSW_ROOT/bin to your PATH environment variable, and $PVSW_ROOT/lib to LD_LIBRARY_PATH as described in the following section. Using Utilities To use utilities from user accounts other than psql, you must first make modifications to the user account configuration. Add the from Users Other than psql following to either the profile for a specific user or to the profile that all users inherit. /home/username/ .bash_profile. Profile for the user. Similar to the /etc/ profile file but only for the current user. Look in /home/username for this file. /etc/profile Default profile for all user accounts on the system. Copy the lines below into this text file if you want all user accounts on the machine to have access to Pervasive PSQL utilities. This does not give the users administrative privileges or access to Pervasive PSQL data. Here is an example of a modified profile: PVSW_ROOT=/usr/local/psql PATH=$PATH:$PVSW_ROOT/bin:/bin:/usr/bin LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$PVSW_ROOT/lib:$PVSW_ROOT/bin:/usr/lib MANPATH=$MANPATH:$PVSW_ROOT/man BREQ=$PVSW_ROOT/lib LD_BIND_NOW=1 Ensure that you export all variables specific to Pervasive PSQL. 16-5 Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux Configuration Generally, the default configuration settings for Pervasive PSQL Server and Client are sufficient. You typically do not have to configure any settings for the database engine and clients to communication and function together correctly. This subsection discusses two settings that you may want or need to configure: “Configuration File” “Authentication” If you want to explore all of the configuration settings, see the following chapters in Advanced Operations Guide: “Changing Your Configuration” on page 4-1 “Configuration Reference” on page 5-1 Configuration File The Server configuration setting “Configuration File” defines the path to the Samba configuration file (smb.conf), which is parsed on engine startup to determine mapping between share names and server directory locations. See “Configuration File (Linux engines only)” on page 5-12 in Advanced Operations Guide. Authentication This option specifies which type of authentication to use for access to the server engine. The available options are: Emulate Workgroup Engine. Use this value when Samba is used to authenticate user access on the system. Proprietary Authentication (using btpasswd). Use this value when not using Samba and the user does not have an account on the server. This allows a separate password file to be maintained when connecting to the Linux system. If you are using BTPASSWD or PAM authentication on your Linux server, user names and passwords must be set up using the pvnetpass utility from clients connecting to this server. See “pvnetpass” on page 8-36 in the Pervasive PSQL User's Guide. 16-6 Standard Linux Authentication. Use this value when not using Samba but users have accounts on the Linux system. Configuration Supported Path From a Pervasive PSQL Client on a Windows 32-bit platform, the order of path parsing is as follows: Formats for Samba \\server\share\relative\path share denotes a valid Samba share, made accessible to a Windows client. server reads smb.conf to determine the absolute path to the shared directory, then combines it with the relative path to get a full UNIX path. The location of smb.conf is essential for valid resolution of the file path supplied in this format on the client. If the relative path is not correct, status 12 is returned. Drive:\path drive must be a Samba drive mapped on the client. It is the client responsibility to convert it into the latter format and pass to a server, which never knows a drive mapping on the client. Note Client users must be advised that share names on a Linux server are case sensitive. When mapping drives to a Linux server they must pay careful attention to the case of the share name if they want all their utilities to work properly. If neither smb.conf nor the share name are found, the path defaults to \\server\absolute\path format. If the absolute path is not correct, status 12 is returned. 16-7 Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux Client Information A Pervasive PSQL Client can connect to any of the Pervasive PSQL Servers provided the client and server machines can communicate with a shared protocol. Because of such commonality, the majority of information about client communications is consolidated in a single chapter. See “Connecting Clients to a Sample Database” on page 17-1. In addition to that chapter, this section includes information specific to Linux. Authentication to Remote Machines To connect to a remote machine using the Linux client, you need to have authentication to the remote machines. This is accomplished by entering a specific username and password for the server using the pvnetpass utility. This utility enters the username and password for that particular server in the Pervasive registry on the client machine. If you do identify user names and passwords, your applications can receive status code 3119. See “pvnetpass” on page 8-36 in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide. Creating a Client DSN A client data source name (DSN) is required if applications on the client use the Pervasive PSQL relational interface through ODBC. To create a client DSN, you use the dsnadd utility included with the Pervasive PSQL Client for Linux. See “dsnadd” on page 8-22 in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide and the man page for dsnadd located in /usr/local/psql/man/man1. Internationaliza This subsection discusses encoding issues and the level of support for internationalization when using the Pervasive PSQL Client for tion with the Linux. Client Btrieve When using the Btrieve API, you must provide file names and paths in EUC-JP or another encoding used in your application. The client converts this to UTF8 when passing the request to the server, and then the server converts the UTF8 encoding to the local encoding. ODBC When using ODBC, Win32 encoding is expected to be SHIFT-JIS. 16-8 Client Information Japanese versions of Linux by default have their encodings typically set to EUC-JP or UTF8. When using Japanese versions of Linux, a client can connect to another Linux server (for example, locally), or to a Win32 SHIFT-JIS server. It is also possible to connect to a database encoded in SHIFTJIS but located on a Linux server. Use the following instructions for your listed configuration. In each case, it is assumed that the application itself does not do any conversion and uses the encoding that is native for the machine. “Connecting a Linux EUC-JP Client to a Win32 SHIFT-JIS Server” “Connecting a Linux UTF8 Client to a Win32 SHIFT-JIS Server” “Connecting a Linux EUC-JP Client to a Linux EUC-JP Server” “Connecting a Linux UTF-8 Client to a Linux UTF-8 Server” “Connecting a Linux UTF-8 Client to a Linux EUC-JP Server” “Connecting a Linux EUC-JP Client to a Linux EUC-JP Server, with SHIFT-JIS Encoding Used to Store Data on the Server” Connecting a Linux EUC-JP Client to a Win32 SHIFT-JIS Server The server requires that everything is received as SHIFT-JIS. The client requires that the server send everything as EUC-JP. To accomplish this, the client DSN settings in ODBC.INI (located by default in /usr/local/psql/etc) used to connect to the given database should be set up as follows: [dbclient] Driver=/usr/local/psql/lib/libodbcci.so Description=Pervasive ODBC Client Interface: JPN2000SERVER:1583/dbclient ServerDSN=DEMODATA ServerName=JPN-2000SERVER:1583 TranslationDLL=/usr/local/psql/lib/libxlate.so.9 TranslationOption=90000932 The TranslationDLL line specifies the translation library that the ODBC client interface should use. The TranslationOption line specifies that the translation needs to occur from 9000 (representing EUC-JP) to 0932 (representing SHIFT-JIS). 16-9 Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux Using this example, all data coming from the client will be translated into SHIFT-JIS before it gets to the server, and to EUC-JP before the data is received by the client. Connecting a Linux UTF8 Client to a Win32 SHIFT-JIS Server The server requires that everything is received as SHIFT-JIS. The client requires that the server send everything as UTF8. To accomplish this, the client DSN settings in ODBC.INI ( by default in /usr/local/psql/etc ) used to connect to the given database should be set up as follows: [dbclient] Driver=/usr/local/psql/lib/libodbcci.so Description=Pervasive ODBC Client Interface: JPN2000SERVER:1583/dbclient ServerDSN=DEMODATA ServerName=JPN-2000SERVER:1583 TranslationDLL=/usr/local/psql/lib/libxlate.so.9 TranslationOption=90010932 The TranslationDLL line specifies the translation library that the ODBC client interface should use. The TranslationOption line specifies that the translation needs to occur from 9001 (representing UTF8) to 0932 (representing SHIFTJIS). Using this example, all data coming from the client will be translated into SHIFT-JIS before it gets to the server, and to UTF8 before the data is received by the client. Connecting a Linux EUC-JP Client to a Linux EUC-JP Server Using this configuration, no changes to the DSN description are needed. Use the DSN as it was created by the dsnadd utility. Connecting a Linux UTF-8 Client to a Linux UTF-8 Server Using this configuration, no changes to the DSN description are needed. Use the DSN as it was created by the dsnadd utility. Connecting a Linux UTF-8 Client to a Linux EUC-JP Server The server requires that everything is received as EUC-JP. The client requires that server send everything as UTF-8. 16-10 Client Information To accomplish this, the client dsn settings in ODBC.INI ( by default in /usr/local/psql/etc ) used to connect to the given database should be set up as follows: [dbclient] Driver=/usr/local/psql/lib/libodbcci.so Description=Pervasive ODBC Client Interface: JPN2000SERVER:1583/dbclient ServerDSN=DEMODATA ServerName=JPN-2000SERVER:1583 TranslationDLL=/usr/local/psql/lib/libxlate.so.9 TranslationOption=90019000 The TranslationDLL line specifies the translation library that the ODBC client interface should use. The TranslationOption line specifies that the translation needs to occur from 9001 (representing UTF-8) to 9000 (representing EUCJP). Using this example, all data coming from the client will be translated into EUC-JP before it gets to the server, and to UTF-8 before the data is received by the client. Connecting a Linux EUC-JP Client to a Linux EUC-JP Server, with SHIFT-JIS Encoding Used to Store Data on the Server This situation is possible if you have a SHIFT-JIS database on a Win32 engine, and you want to move all the files to the Linux EUCJP server. In this case, the database resides on a EUC-JP Linux machine, but all the data inside the DDF files and data files are in SHIFT-JIS. In this case, your DSN should be set up as follows: [dbclient] Driver=/usr/local/psql/lib/libodbcci.so Description=Pervasive ODBC Client Interface: JPN2000SERVER:1583/dbclient ServerDSN=DEMODATA ServerName=JPN-2000SERVER:1583 TranslationDLL=/usr/local/psql/lib/libxlate.so.9 TranslationOption=90000932 CodePageConvert=932 The last line specifies that even though the server uses EUC-JP encoding, it should treat the data on the server as SHIFT-JIS. 16-11 Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux DTI The Distributed Tuning Interface (DTI) requires that you use SHIFT-JIS encoding. The DTI is part of the Pervasive PSQL Software Development Kit (SDK) and is documented in the SDK manuals. 16-12 Setting Up Web-based Data Access Setting Up Web-based Data Access This section contains information about configuring web servers to provide access to Pervasive PSQL data and provides connection snippets and samples for connecting to Pervasive PSQL data from web applications on Linux. ODBC Behavior When you first install Pervasive PSQL, the odbc.ini file is written to /usr/local/psql/etc If you have other ODBC driver managers such as unixODBC, they might be using a different odbc.ini file located, for example, at /etc/ odbc.ini. One way to unify the ODBC setup is to add soft links from where unixODBC expects the odbc.ini file to be located over to the Pervasive PSQL directories. su cd /etc ln -s /usr/local/psql/etc/odbc.ini Configuring Web Server This section shows how you should set up the machine where the web server such as Apache resides. You should make the user account under which you run any web server such as Apache a member of the group pvsw. These user accounts run under restricted accounts such as nobody To find the user account, see your Apache configuration file, typically located at /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf In this file, the following lines show what user the Apache server uses to operate under. User nobody Group nobody Options ExecCgi Indexes You should add this user to the pvsw group, substituting the name used in your Apache configuration file. /usr/bin/gpasswd -a nobody pvsw PHP PHP allows for easy development of web applications, using a style that is similar to both ASP in the Microsoft world and JSP in the Java 16-13 Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux world. Using PHP, you enclose database calls in special tags and format the output using HTML. Pervasive PSQL PHP Requirements PHP - obtain from http://www.php.net DSN pointing to the database (use dsnadd) PHP Connection Snippet This code segment shows the essential part of connecting to a Pervasive PSQL database using PHP. // connect to DEMODATA database no uid or password $connect = odbc_connect("demodata", "", ""); // set the query variable to your SQL $query = "SELECT * from Department"; // obtain a result object for your query $result = odbc_exec($connect, $query); PHP Sample This complete sample presents the user a choice of three DEMODATA tables and then displays the table. <HTML> <HEAD> <TITLE>PVSW PHP Sample</TITLE> </HEAD> <BODY> <H1>Pervasive Hello World Samples - PHP using PHP ODBC APIs)</H1> <P> This sample will display the DEMODATA database tables in the following drop-down by using PHP. </p> <? // -------MAIN MENU---------------------------// if there is no function specified in the URL 16-14 Setting Up Web-based Data Access if (!(isset ($HTTP_GET_VARS["_function"]))): // -------------------------------------------?> <p>Please select from the following tables</p> <form method=post action='<?=$PHP_SELF?>?_function=showtable'> <select name="selecttable"> <option SELECTED value="Department">Department <option value="Course">Course <option value="Room">Room </select> <p> <input type=submit value="Show table"> </p> </form> <? // ------SHOWTABLE----------------------------Elseif ($HTTP_GET_VARS["_function"] == "showtable"): // -------------------------------------------print("<p>Return to <a href='$PHP_SELF'>Sample 1 Main menu</a></p>"); $thetable = $HTTP_POST_VARS["selecttable"]; // determine from FORMS data which table to open $connect = odbc_connect("demodata", "", ""); // connect to DEMODATA database no uid or password $query = "SELECT * from $thetable"; // set the query variable to contain the SQL you // want to execute $result = odbc_exec($connect, $query); // perform the query // print out the entire resultset as HTML table // (uncomment following line) // odbc_result_all($result); // or format the output yourself and display // a nicer table (but more code required) 16-15 Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux // initialize row counter $i = 0; // determine number of columns $numcols = odbc_num_fields($result); // start HTML table print("<table border=1 cellpadding=5>"); // PRINT COLUMN HEADINGS print("<tr>"); // start of row while ($i < $numcols) { $i++; $colname = odbc_field_name($result, $i); print("<th>$colname</th>"); } $i=0; print("</tr>"); // end of row // PRINT TABLE DATA // while there are still rows while(odbc_fetch_row($result)) { print("<tr>"); // start row while ($i < $numcols) { $i++; $tablecell = odbc_result($result, $i); print("<td>$tablecell</td>"); } print("</tr>"); $i = 0; } print("</table>"); // end row // reset counter // end odbc_fetch_row // end HTML table odbc_close($connect); // CLOSE THE CONNECTION // END OF SHOWTABLE 16-16 Setting Up Web-based Data Access // ---CATCH INVALID MENU OPTIONS----------------Else: // ---------------------------------------------print("<p>An Invalid function was entered. Please <a href='$PHP_SELF'>try again</a>.</p>"); Endif; ?> </BODY> </HTML> Additional PHP Sample A more comprehensive PHP sample application that simulates the operations of a video store is available online at the location where you downloaded the Linux client: http://www.pervasive.com/linuxrc This sample uses the Pvideo database that is included with the Pervasive PSQL SDK. If you do not have the SDK installed, you can download the Pvideo database separately with the sample application. Perl Perl allows for both command line and web-based applications using Pervasive PSQL. Pervasive PSQL Perl Requirements Perl ODBC-DBD library CGI library DSN pointing to the database Perl Connection Snippet This code segment shows the essential part of connecting to a Pervasive PSQL database using Perl. # specify use of Perl’s database interface (DBI) 16-17 Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux use DBI; # connect to DEMODATA database no uid or password $dbInfo = "DBI:ODBC:DEMODATA"; $dbUserName = ""; $dbPassword = ""; # set the query variable to your SQL $query = "SELECT * FROM Department"; # Connect to the server $connect = DBI->connect($dbInfo, $dbUserName, $dbPassword); # Prepare the SQL query $myRecordSet = $connect->prepare($query); # Execute the query and obtain a recordset $myRecordSet->execute(); Perl Sample This complete sample presents the user a choice of three DEMODATA tables and then displays the table. # Perl sample use CGI":cgi-lib"; $cgiquery = new CGI; $functionreq = $cgiquery->url_param('_function'); # use ‘url_param’ for GET and ‘param’ for POST print &PrintHeader; print &HtmlTop("Pervasive PSQL Hello World Sample Perl"); print <<ENDOFMENU; <H1>Pervasive Hello World Samples - Perl</H1> <P> This sample will display the DEMODATA database tables in the following drop-down by using Perl/DBI. </p> ENDOFMENU # -----MAIN MENU------------------------------- 16-18 Setting Up Web-based Data Access # if there is no function specified in the URL if (!$functionreq) { # --------------------------------------print <<ENDOFTEXT; <p>Please select from the following tables</p> <form method=post action="$ENV{'SCRIPT_NAME'}?_function=showtable"> <select name="selecttable"> <option SELECTED value="Department">Department <option value="Course">Course <option value="Room">Room </select> <p> <input type=submit value="Show table"> </p> </form> ENDOFTEXT } # !($function) # ------SHOWTABLE------------------------------elsif ($functionreq eq "showtable") { print("<p>Return to <a href='$ENV{'SCRIPT_NAME'}'>Perl Hello World Sample - Main Menu</a></p>"); # determine from FORMS data which table to open $thetable = $cgiquery->param('selecttable'); use DBI; $dbInfo = "DBI:ODBC:DEMODATA"; $dbUserName = ""; $dbPassword = ""; $query = "SELECT * FROM $thetable"; $connect = DBI->connect($dbInfo, $dbUserName, $dbPassword); $myRecordSet = $connect->prepare($query); $myRecordSet->execute(); 16-19 Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux # start HTML table print "<table border=1 cellpadding=5>"; # PRINT COLUMN HEADINGS $num_fields = $myRecordSet->{NUM_OF_FIELDS}; $count = 0; print "<tr >"; while ($count < $num_fields) { $column_name = $myRecordSet->{NAME}->[$count]; print "<th>$column_name</th>"; $count++; } print "</tr>\n"; $count = 0; # PRINT TABLE DATA while(@row=$myRecordSet->fetchrow_array) { print "<tr>\n"; while ($count < $num_fields) { print "<td>$row[$count]</td>\n"; $count++; } print "</tr>\n"; $count = 0; } print "</table>"; # END OF SHOWTABLE } # end HTML table # -----CATCH INVALID MENU OPTIONS---------------else { print "<p>An Invalid function was entered. Please <a href='$ENV{'SCRIPT_NAME'}'>try again</a>.</p>"; } print &HtmlBot; 16-20 Setting Up Web-based Data Access Additional Perl Sample A more comprehensive Perl sample application that simulates the operations of a video store is available online at the location where you downloaded the Linux client: http://www.pervasive.com/linuxrc This sample uses the Pvideo database that is included with the Pervasive PSQL SDK. If you do not have the SDK installed, you can download the Pvideo database separately with the sample application. 16-21 Using Pervasive PSQL on Linux Using Perl and ODBC with Pervasive PSQL Note This procedure assumes you have a working installation of Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2, Perl, and an ODBC distribution. A free version of ODBC is available at http://www.iODBC.org. Perl can be found at http://www.perl.org ³ To Get Pervasive PSQL to work with Perl's ODBC Interface: 1 Download the DBI (database interface) support for Perl. Read the README or INSTALL for instructions. 2 Download the ODBC DBD database driver for Perl. Please see the installation instructions in the README or INSTALL file. 3 Code Snippet for Perl and DBI Make sure you have the proper environment variables set, as shown in the following example. Note, this is also explained in the iODBC docs. print "using odbc...\n"; use DBI; $dbName = "DBI:ODBC:DEMODATA"; $dbUserName = ""; $dbPassword = ""; print "connecting...\n"; $sql = "SELECT * FROM class"; $dbh = DBI->connect($dbName, $dbUserName, $dbPassword); $dataObject = $dbh->prepare($sql); $dataObject->execute(); while(@row=$dataObject->fetchrow_array) { print "$row[0]\t$row[1]\t$row[2]\n\n" } 16-22 W ORKING W ITH P ERVASIVE PSQL C LIENTS chapter Connecting Clients to a Sample Database 17 How to Connect Clients to the Sample Database on a Pervasive PSQL Server Machine A sample database called DEMODATA is included with every Pervasive PSQL server installation. This chapter shows how to use a Pervasive PSQL client to: R Connect to a machine that is running a Pervasive PSQL engine. R Use the Pervasive PSQL Control Center to find the DEMODATA database. R Access information in DEMODATA tables using Pervasive PSQL Control Center. This chapter contains the following sections: “Basics About Pervasive PSQL Engines and Clients” on page 172 “Connect a Client to a Pervasive PSQL Server” on page 17-3 “Use the Client to Obtain Data from the Server” on page 17-4 “Become an Expert User” on page 17-6 17-1 Connecting Clients to a Sample Database Basics About Pervasive PSQL Engines and Clients You should note the following about Pervasive PSQL engines and clients. Every Engine is Also a Client The client components of Pervasive PSQL 9 are installed with every engine install. So if you have a Pervasive PSQL engine installation, you can use your machine to connect to other remote engines as a client. Clients You can use Pervasive PSQL Control Center to connect to remote machines on which a server engine of Pervasive PSQL is installed. You will need to login as an administrative user on the remote server to perform most functions. This means that you must have full administrator-level rights on the remote machine or be a member of the Pervasive_Admin group defined on the remote machine. 17-2 Connect a Client to a Pervasive PSQL Server Connect a Client to a Pervasive PSQL Server This task shows how to connect to a Pervasive PSQL server. 1 Start Pervasive PSQL Control Center (see “Starting PCC” on page 3-3 in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide). 2 Register an engine in the Pervasive PSQL Control Center. Right-click on Engines (displayed in your Pervasive PSQL Control Center in the Pervasive PSQL Explorer) and select New Server. The Pervasive PSQL Explorer is the column on the left side of the window that contains a list of machines to which you are connected. Note The machines listed in your Pervasive PSQL Explorer will remain between sessions. To remove a machine, right-click on the machine name and select Delete. Figure 17-1 Registering a New Engine A dialog is displayed that allows you to choose the machine name where the Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 database engine resides. Figure 17-2 Choosing a Computer Name 3 You need to be authenticated on the remote engine, and a dialog displays prompting you for a user name and password. Enter the values in the appropriate field and click OK. 4 You are now connected to the remote Pervasive PSQL engine. 17-3 Connecting Clients to a Sample Database Use the Client to Obtain Data from the Server Once you are connected to the database: 1 Expand the Databases list for your server as shown in Figure 17-3 on page 17-4. Figure 17-3 Expanding the Databases List for a Machine 2 Find DEMODATA in the list and click on the plus (+) sign. 3 Expand Tables from the list. 4 Click on the table Dept as shown in Figure 17-4 on page 17-4. Figure 17-4 Selecting the Department Table in DEMODATA 5 17-4 By default, a “SELECT * FROM” query is run and the table results are displayed in an active grid as shown in Figure 17-5 on page 17-5 Use the Client to Obtain Data from the Server The active grid that loads when your data is displayed is updateable. That is, changes you make to the data in that grid are stored to the database. Figure 17-5 Displaying the Department Table in DEMODATA 6 Refine your query To show how to modify a basic query, restrict the results to only departments that start with the letter ‘M’ by altering the query at the top half of the screen and clicking the Execute in Grid button, which is shown in Figure 17-5. SELECT * FROM Dept WHERE Name LIKE ‘M%’ You can see the results of the query in Figure 17-6 on page 17-5. Figure 17-6 Refining Your Query - Department Table in DEMODATA 17-5 Connecting Clients to a Sample Database Become an Expert User Now that you can do some basic database access using Pervasive PSQL Control Center, you may want to continue learning about other features. User’s Guide This manual contains an overview of the Pervasive PSQL Control Center and instructions for performing basic tasks. Advanced Operations Guide This manual contains advanced operating and maintenance tasks, including database operations. 17-6 chapter Configuring Network Communications for Clients 18 How to Configure Network Communications for Your Pervasive PSQL Clients To access network files from a workstation using a Pervasive PSQL application, you must use the appropriate client requester at that workstation. Your application’s Pervasive PSQL calls go through the client, which sends them to the server for processing and then returns the reply to your application. Generally, the default configuration settings for Pervasive PSQL Server and Client are sufficient. You typically do not have to configure any settings for the database engine and clients to communication and function together correctly. This chapter contains the following sections. “Default Settings” on page 18-2 “How to Configure the Pervasive Clients” on page 18-4 “Network Path Formats Supported by Pervasive Requesters” on page 18-5 “Using TCP/IP to Connect to a NetWare Server” on page 18-9 “Using SPX to Connect to a NetWare Server” on page 18-11 “Using TCP/IP to Connect to a Windows 32-bit Server” on page 18-12 “Using SPX to Connect to a Windows 32-bit Server” on page 1815 “NetBIOS and the Pervasive PSQL Server Engine” on page 18-19 “Using TCP/IP to Connect to a Linux Server” on page 18-20 “Using the DOS Requesters” on page 18-23 18-1 Configuring Network Communications for Clients Default Settings Pervasive PSQL Clients have several settings that can be configured. This section informs you of the default values for three settings that are commonly used with clients. If you want to review all settings, and their default values, refer to the chapter “Configuration Reference” in Advanced Operations Guide. Steps for how to configure settings are in the chapter “Changing Your Configuration,” also in Advanced Operations Guide. Enable Auto Reconnect Default: Off This setting determines whether the client and server attempt to reconnect to each other in the event of a network outage. If set to On, it allows the database connections to recover from intermittent or temporary network interruptions. If this value of this setting is Off, then the client returns a status code to the application immediately upon any failure to connect to the server, and the connection context is not preserved. If you have this setting turned On, you can specify how long the client and database engine should attempt to reconnect by using the setting Auto Reconnect Timeout in the Server configuration. Note This setting is not available on 16-bit clients nor does the Pervasive PSQL Server for Linux support this setting. On Linux, you can use the Auto Reconnect feature only from a Linux client connecting to a Windows or NetWare server. Supported Protocols Default: varies depending on platform TCP/IP is the default protocol for Pervasive PSQL. That is, TCP/IP is tried first if more than one protocol is set to be available. This setting specifies the vendor protocols that the database engine should attempt to use. When more than one protocol is specified, upon start up, the engine attempts to connect on all specified protocols. The protocol that connects first is then used for the remainder of the session. 18-2 Default Settings You can often improve initial connection performance by removing the protocols that are not used on your network. For example, if you have a Server engine on an all-TCP/IP network, removing SPX support may reduce the wait time during initial connections to the engine. On Linux platforms, TCP/IP is the only supported protocol on the server. Note Server engines do not support the NetBIOS protocol. Connection Timeout Default: 15 seconds This setting specifies the number of seconds the requester should wait for a TCP/IP connect request to succeed before timing out. 18-3 Configuring Network Communications for Clients How to Configure the Pervasive Clients Generally, the default configuration settings for Pervasive PSQL Server and Client are sufficient. You typically do not have to configure any settings for the database engine and clients to communication and function together correctly. If you choose to configure a client, refer to the following sections in Advanced Operations Guide for applicable topics: “Configuration Through PCC” on page 4-4 “Configuration Through CLI Utility” on page 4-5 “Win32 Client Configuration Parameters” on page 5-43 “Linux Client Configuration Parameters” on page 5-55 “Win16 Client Configuration Parameters” on page 5-59 Win32 Configuration Notes Win32 clients include Window 98/ME and all Windows 32-bit platforms supported as client platforms. Win16 Configuration Notes Clients using the 16-bit requesters have only transactional access to the data files. No relational access is be available. WOW Application Users: The Win16 Requester provides thunking over to the Win32 Requester, which then handles your request as it does one from a Win32 application. To use these thunking capabilities, be sure to use the requesters included with the Pervasive PSQL package, and not those from an earlier version of Btrieve. To access a Windows 32-bit server platform, your workstation must have the Microsoft Network Client for DOS and Windows loaded. You also need the NetWare SPX protocol stack. Pervasive Software recommends using the ODI drivers from Novell. You do not need to run NETX.EXE or be logged in to a NetWare server. WOW Application Users: You must install both the Win16 Requester and the Win32 Requester. The Win16 Requester provides thunking over to the Win32 Requester, which then handles your request as it does one from a Win32 application. To use these thunking capabilities, be sure to use the requesters included with this package, and not those from an earlier version of Btrieve. Also, be sure to enable the Requester’s Use Thunk option. 18-4 Network Path Formats Supported by Pervasive Requesters Network Path Formats Supported by Pervasive Requesters When using your Requester, you connect to the Pervasive server engine to access data files. This section shows the variations on network file syntax you can use to access files on your network using Btrieve or SQL applications. Pervasive PSQL supports the Universal Naming Convention (UNC) and Drive path formats (explicit and current) across the majority of operating environments, including: Table 18-1 Supported UNC and Drive Path Formats Application Types Environments Network Client Novell Login Types Transactional Windows (32-bit) Microsoft Bindery Relational Windows (16-bit) Novell NDS DOS For more information on the path formats, see the sections that follow: Universal Naming Convention (UNC) Path Formats “Universal Naming Convention (UNC) Path Formats” on page 18-5 “Drive-based Formats” on page 18-6 “NetWare Specific Formats” on page 18-6 “Linux Path Formats” on page 18-8 The following UNC path formats are supported on all clients to all servers: \\ServerName\volume\path\file \\ServerName\volume:[\]path\file UNC syntax is resolved correctly regardless of the actual type of network operating system (NOS) that is operating on the target server. 18-5 Configuring Network Communications for Clients Note In all instances above, backslashes (\) can be interchanged with forward slashes (/) except for the double backslash (\\). The syntax [\] indicates that the backslash is optional. Drive-based Formats The following drive representations are supported on all clients to all servers: Note Do not map drive letters to the \\Tree\VolumeObject format found in Network Neighborhood. See “NetWare Directory Services (NDS) Formats” on page 18-6. drive:file drive:[\]path\file file [\]path\file ..\file NetWare Specific Formats NetWare path formats on all clients only to NetWare servers: volume:[\]path\file (ServerName is derived from current drive) NetWare Directory Services (NDS) Formats Pervasive PSQL provides complete integration with Novell Clients, which has the following benefits to users and network administrators: Better integration with NDS authentication capabilities when accessing the Pervasive PSQL Server Engine for NetWare. Ability to resolve server names into network address by querying NDS instead of relying on the NetWare Bindery. Support for NDS Volume and Directory Map objects in Btrieve file operations. Note Pervasive does not support the \\Tree\VolumeObject format found in Network Neighborhood. See “NetWare Directory Services (NDS) Formats” on page 18-6. 18-6 Network Path Formats Supported by Pervasive Requesters Support for Novell Clients for NetWare Pervasive PSQL was tested with the following Novell clients: Novell Client for Windows 2000/2003/XP 4.90 Novell Client for Windows 98/ME 3.40 Each of these clients provide the set of NDS specific APIs needed by the Pervasive PSQL requesters to integrate fully with the NDS environment. All Pervasive PSQL requesters will detect these clients’ presence automatically; no additional Pervasive PSQL configuration changes are required. When these clients are available to the Pervasive PSQL requesters, the following operations are supported: Network login via NDS (bindery context does not need to be set on the target server) NetWare server address resolution for SPX addresses Drive letters mapped to NDS Volume Objects through either the Map utility or Network Neighborhood may be used to specify Btrieve file names or SRDE dictionary and data directories NDS Volume Objects and Directory Map Objects may be used to specify Btrieve file names with Win32, and Win16 applications The file name and path formats supported by the Pervasive PSQL requesters through the Novell clients are listed in the table below: Table 18-2 File name and Path formats for Novell Clients for NetWare Format Btrieve Apps Notes SQL Apps <drive letter>:[\]path\file \\server\volume\path\file \\server\volume:[\]path\file server\volume:[\]path\file volume:[\]path\file (4) VolumeObject:[\]path\file (2) (3) \\VolumeObject\path\file (2) (3) (1) 18-7 Configuring Network Communications for Clients Table 18-2 File name and Path formats for Novell Clients for NetWare Format Btrieve Apps Notes SQL Apps DirectoryMap:[\]path\file (2) (3) \\DirectoryMap\path\file (2) (3) \\Tree\VolumeObject\path\file \\Tree\DirectoryMap\path\file 1 <drive letter> can be redirected to a server\volume:, or NDS Volume or Directory Map object. 2 Not supported by the Btrieve DOS requester. 3 See Novell documentation for rules about specifying NDS context when using NDS objects. 4 Requires that the current drive is mapped to the target NetWare server. Linux Path Formats Incoming paths on a Linux server using Samba will be processed as follows in order of relative priority: Share names \\<server>\<sharename>\<path> The smb.conf file must be configured to accept <sharename>, otherwise it will default to the following: Absolute paths \\<server>\<absolute_path> If the smb.conf file is not configured properly or not found on the target server, the absolute path is used. 18-8 Using TCP/IP to Connect to a NetWare Server Using TCP/IP to Connect to a NetWare Server This section documents the use of TCP/IP when connecting to a Pervasive PSQL server running on a NetWare machine. Configuring Pervasive PSQL to use TCP/IP TCP/IP is the default protocol when connecting to NetWare servers, meaning that if both TCP/IP and SPX protocols are available, TCP/ IP is the first one the Communications Requester attempts to use. If you have a working TCP/IP setup from your client to your NetWare server, you should not have to do anything in addition to make Pervasive PSQL work with TCP/IP and NetWare. Configuring a Client For the Server IP Address When Pervasive PSQL operates in a TCP/IP network, your client must be able to obtain the IP address of your NetWare server from the name given to that server by your network administrator. There are two mechanisms that enable this address to name translation: DNS (Domain naming service) Editing the Hosts file (a method typically used in small to medium sized networks) The following procedures show how to set up the IP address using each method. Using DNS to Configure the Server IP Address When you use DNS, you specify settings that allow your computer to look up the address of the server in a database of servers. Your network administrator can provide the information you need to configure DNS. ³ To configure your clients to use DNS to resolve the server IP address: For Windows 98/ME clients: 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel. 2 Double-click Network, 3 select Protocols, select TCP/IP and click Properties. 18-9 Configuring Network Communications for Clients 4 Click the DNS tab. 5 Enable DNS and enter the appropriate server information from your network administrator. For clients on Windows 32-bit server platforms: 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel. 2 Double-click Network and Dial-up Connections, select Local Area Connection and click Properties. 3 From the component list, select TCP/IP and click Properties. 4 Enable DNS and enter the appropriate server information from your network administrator. Using the Hosts File to Configure the Server IP Address The Hosts file is a way to manually enter a relationship between a name and an IP address. Use this method if DNS is not used in your organization. ³ To Edit the Hosts file on your Windows client 1 Find your Hosts file as follows on your Windows machine. For Windows 32-bit platforms: \WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\HOSTS For Windows 98/ME: \WINDOWS\SYSTEM\DRIVERS\ETC\HOSTS 2 Edit the Hosts file with a text editor such as Notepad. 3 Enter your server’s IP address and name in the hosts file as a new line as shown in the following example. Your network administrator can provide you with the IP address of your server. # the following is an example of a Hosts file entry 146.23.45.2 18-10 acctserver Using SPX to Connect to a NetWare Server Using SPX to Connect to a NetWare Server This section documents the use of SPX when connecting to a Pervasive PSQL server running on a NetWare machine. Configuring Pervasive PSQL to use SPX SPX is a native protocol to NetWare. There should be no special requirements for operating Pervasive PSQL with SPX on NetWare. However, note the following: SPX is not the default protocol for Pervasive PSQL. Consequently, if you have both TCP/IP and SPX installed, Pervasive PSQL attempts to use TCP/IP first. If you want SPX to be used, follow these steps: ³ To Configure your Clients to use SPX with NetWare Servers if Both TCP/IP and SPX are Installed: 1 Click Control Center from the Pervasive program on the Start menu. 2 In the Pervasive PSQL Explorer, expand Local Client. 3 Right-click on MicroKernel Router and select Properties. 4 Click Communication protocols. In the window to the right, a list of Supported protocols displays. 5 Uncheck TCP/IP from the list of selected protocols. 6 Click OK. 18-11 Configuring Network Communications for Clients Using TCP/IP to Connect to a Windows 32-bit Server This section documents the use of TCP/IP when connecting to a Pervasive PSQL server running on a Windows 32-bit server platform. Tasks Configuring a Client for the Server IP Address When Pervasive PSQL operates in a TCP/IP network, your client must be able to obtain the IP address of your Windows server from the name given to that server by your network administrator. There are two mechanisms that enable this address to name translation: DNS (Domain naming service) Editing the Hosts file (a method typically used in small to medium sized networks) The following procedures show how to set up the IP address using each method. Using DNS to Configure the Server IP Address When you use DNS, you specify settings that allow your computer to look up the address of the server in a database of servers. Your network administrator can provide the information you need to configure DNS. ³ To configure your clients to use DNS to resolve the server IP address: For Windows 98/ME clients: 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel. 2 Double-click Network, 3 select Protocols, select TCP/IP and click Properties. 4 Click the DNS tab. 5 Enable DNS and enter the appropriate server information from your network administrator. For clients on Windows 32-bit platforms: 1 18-12 Click Start Settings Control Panel. Using TCP/IP to Connect to a Windows 32-bit Server 2 Double-click Network and Dial-up Connections, select Local Area Connection and click Properties. 3 From the component list, select TCP/IP and click Properties. 4 Enable DNS and enter the appropriate server information from your network administrator. Using the Hosts File to Configure the Server IP Address The Hosts file is a way to manually enter a relationship between a name and an IP address. Use this method if DNS is not used in your organization. ³ To Edit the Hosts file on your Windows client 1 Find your Hosts file as follows on your Windows machine. On Windows 32-bit platforms: \WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\HOSTS On Windows 98/ME: \WINDOWS\SYSTEM\DRIVERS\ETC\HOSTS 2 Edit the Hosts file with a text editor such as Notepad. 3 Enter your server’s IP address and name in the hosts file as a new line as shown in the following example. Your network administrator can provide you with the IP address of your server. # the following is an example of a Hosts file entry 146.23.45.2 acctserver 18-13 Configuring Network Communications for Clients Preventing the Windows Dial-Up Network Dialog Box from Displaying When Using a Pervasive Application with TCP/ IP The Windows Dial-Up Networking dialog box can display when a TCP/IP request is made to Windows. Usually, this is to make an Internet connection, but this feature can be an annoyance when using Pervasive applications and TCP/IP. ³ To Prevent the Dial-Up Networking Dialog Box from Displaying Automatically: 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel. 2 Double-click the Internet Options icon. 3 Click the Connection tab. 4 Clear the option titled Dial whenever a network connection is not present. Note While this stops the dialog box from displaying with Pervasive applications, this also has the side effect that other applications such as Internet browsers will no longer automatically spawn the Dial-Up Networking dialog box when a connection to the Internet is needed. In that case, you need to connect to the Internet manually using Dial-Up Networking. According to Microsoft, the Connect to the Internet As Needed check box is designed to launch Dial-Up Networking whenever TCP/IP is used by an application, so this behavior is correct. 18-14 Using SPX to Connect to a Windows 32-bit Server Using SPX to Connect to a Windows 32-bit Server This section documents the use of SPX when connecting to a Pervasive PSQL server running on a Windows 32-bit machine. Tasks Configuring Pervasive PSQL to use IPX/SPX IPX/SPX is not a native protocol on the Windows 32-bit platforms. If you want to use IPX/SPX, perform all of the following procedures to ensure proper operation with Pervasive PSQL. Changing Pervasive’s configuration to use IPX/SPX with a Windows 32-bit platform: ³ If you have both TCP/IP and IPX/SPX Installed in the Network Icon of the Control Panel, you must remove TCP/IP from the client configuration to make IPX/SPX function with Pervasive applications: 1 Click Control Center from the Pervasive program on the Start menu. 2 In the Pervasive PSQL Explorer, expand Local Client. 3 Right-click on MicroKernel Router and select Properties. Login if prompted. 4 Click Communication protocols. In the window to the right, a list of Supported protocols displays. 5 Uncheck TCP/IP from the list of selected protocols. 6 Click OK. Changing Windows Configuration to Make IPX/SPX Run with Pervasive PSQL: Ensure that your IPX/SPX settings are correct 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel. 2 Double-click on the Network and Dial-up Connections icon. 3 Right-click Local Area Connection then click Properties. 4 Scroll down to IPX/SPX/NetBIOS Compatible Transport, highlight and click the Properties button. 18-15 Configuring Network Communications for Clients 5 In the Frame Type field, ensure that the correct frame type for your network is selected. Do not use Auto Detect. 6 In the Network number field, enter a non-zero value for your network address. For information about what your network address should be, contact your system administrator. ³ Ensure that your IPX/SPX Maximum Packet size (MaxPktSize) is set correctly in the Windows registry: 1 Click Start then Run. 2 Type regedit and press Enter. Find the registry entry using the following paths: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Service s\NwlnkIPX\Parameters\Adapters\name\MaxPktSize. 3 18-16 Ensure that the MaxPktSize setting in the Windows registry is set to 576 decimal or 240h. Changing the Default Communication Ports Changing the Default Communication Ports Pervasive PSQL communicates through three ports. Your firewall(s) and routers need to allow access to the following ports for remote access with the server database engine: 3351 for the transactional interface 1583 for the relational interface 139 for named pipes (see note) Typically, you do not need to modify the ports unless you have a conflict with them. Note The Windows operating system uses port 139 for authentication to the operating system. An alternative to allowing access to port 139 through a firewall is to enable security on the Pervasive PSQL database. Once security is enabled, users, such as “Master,” are authenticated to the database through the database’s own security features. See “To turn on security using Pervasive PSQL Explorer” on page 3-28 and “To create a new user using Pervasive PSQL Explorer” on page 3-33, both in Advanced Operations Guide. Port assignments 1583 is configurable for the server through the Pervasive PSQL utilities. See “TCP/IP Port” on page 5-18 in Advanced Operations Guide. This port is manually configurable for clients as explained in this section. Port assignment 3351 is manually configurable for the server and the clients as explained in this section. Ensure that the port configurations match on both the server and all clients. You must stop then start the database engine for the port assignments to take effect. Services File The services file is a text file used by the operating system for network communications. In the services files, you can manually assign the 18-17 Configuring Network Communications for Clients ports used by Pervasive PSQL Server and its clients. The following table summarizes this. Platform Location of Services File Example Addition To Services File1 Windows 32-bit \WINDOWS\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC To specify that you want to use port 1580 for the relational interface, add the line: or \WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC Windows 98/ME \WINDOWS NetWare SYS:\ETC Linux /etc 1 psql 1580/tcp To specify that you want to use port 3355 for the transactional interface, add the line: btrieve 3355/tcp Entries are case-sensitive in the Linux services files and in the Windows services file for 32-bit platforms. Entries in the NetWare services file are not case-sensitive. Note After changing port assignments in the services file, you must stop then start the Pervasive PSQL database engine for the changes to take effect. See “Starting and Stopping the Database Engine” on page 2-2 in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide. 18-18 NetBIOS and the Pervasive PSQL Server Engine NetBIOS and the Pervasive PSQL Server Engine Pervasive PSQL Server engine does not support NetBIOS. Only the Workgroup engine supports NetBIOS. 18-19 Configuring Network Communications for Clients Using TCP/IP to Connect to a Linux Server Your Samba must be properly configured on your Linux server to properly network with Windows-based clients. See “Configuration” on page 16-6 for more information. Tasks Configuring a Client for the Server’s IP Address When Pervasive PSQL operates in a TCP/IP network, your client must be able to obtain the IP address of your Linux server from the name given to that server by your network administrator. There are two mechanisms that enable this address to name translation: DNS (Domain naming service) Editing the Hosts file (a method typically used in small to medium sized networks) The following procedures show how to set up the IP address using each method. Using DNS to Configure the Server IP Address When you use DNS, you specify settings that allow your computer to look up the address of the server in a database of servers. Your network administrator can provide the information you need to configure DNS. ³ To configure your clients to use DNS to resolve the server IP address: For Windows 98/ME clients: 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel. 2 Double-click Network, 3 select Protocols, select TCP/IP and click Properties. 4 Click the DNS tab. 5 Enable DNS and enter the appropriate server information from your network administrator. For clients on Windows 32-bit platforms: 1 18-20 Click Start, point to Settings and select Control Panel. Using TCP/IP to Connect to a Linux Server 2 Double-click Network and Dial-up Connections, select Local Area Connection and click Properties. 3 From the component list, select TCP/IP and click Properties. 4 Enable DNS and enter the appropriate server information from your network administrator. Using the Hosts File to Configure the Server IP Address The Hosts file is a way to manually enter a relationship between a name and an IP address. Use this method if DNS is not used in your organization. ³ To Edit the Hosts file on your Windows client 1 Find your Hosts file as follows on your Windows machine. For Windows 32-bit platforms: \WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\HOSTS For Windows 98/ME: \WINDOWS\SYSTEM\DRIVERS\ETC\HOSTS 2 Edit the Hosts file with a text editor such as Notepad. 3 Enter your server’s IP address and name in the hosts file as a new line as shown in the following example. Your network administrator can provide you with the IP address of your server. # the following is an example of a Hosts file entry 146.23.45.2 acctserver Preventing the Windows Dial-Up Network Dialog Box from Displaying When Using a Pervasive Application with TCP/ IP The Windows Dial-Up Networking dialog box can display when a TCP/IP request is made to Windows. Usually, this is to make an Internet connection, but this feature can be an annoyance when using Pervasive applications and TCP/IP. ³ To Prevent the Dial-Up Networking Dialog Box from Displaying Automatically: 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel. 2 Double-click the Internet Options icon. 18-21 Configuring Network Communications for Clients 3 Click the Connection tab. 4 Clear the option titled Dial whenever a network connection is not present. Note While this stops the dialog box from displaying with Pervasive applications, this also has the side effect that other applications such as Internet browsers will no longer automatically spawn the Dial-Up Networking dialog box when a connection to the Internet is needed. In that case, you need to connect to the Internet manually using Dial-Up Networking. According to Microsoft, the Connect to the Internet As Needed option is designed to launch Dial-Up Networking whenever TCP/IP is used by an application, so this behavior is correct. 18-22 Using the DOS Requesters Using the DOS Requesters This section documents the use of DOS requesters. Overview Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 supports DOS Btrieve applications in several different ways. The exact method, however, depends on the current configuration and environment of the workstation. Requesters Available The following choices are available: Win32 DOS Box support: Allows a DOS application to run in a DOS box on a Windows 32-bit platform or on a Windows 98/ ME workstation. This enables direct communication to the Windows 32-bit workstation components rather than to the database engine. This configuration can be used with either a local Pervasive PSQL Workgroup engine, or a remote Pervasive PSQL server engine. The TCP/IP or SPX protocol supported for client/server access depends on the configuration of the Windows 32-bit components. Note DOS Box support must be used for Workgroup engines. These engines do not support the DOS requesters described below. DOS TCP/IP requester (BREQTCP): Allows a DOS application to run in any Windows DOS box or on a DOS workstation, and communicate to a remote Pervasive PSQL server engine via the TCP/IP protocol. DOS SPX requester (BREQUEST or BREQNT): Allows a DOS application to run in any Windows DOS box or on a DOS workstation, and communicate to a remote Pervasive PSQL server engine via the SPX protocol. 18-23 Configuring Network Communications for Clients There are different reasons for using these different options, including: Supported Configurations The Pervasive PSQL Workgroup engine and server engines running local applications support only the Win32 DOS Box configuration. DOS operating system requires the DOS TCP/IP or SPX requesters when accessing a remote server engine. Any given network environment must have only one of the supported protocols available. The table below shows the DOS requester configurations that are supported. Table 18-3 Supported DOS Requester Configurations Requester Workgroup or Server Engine on Windows 98/ ME (Local application) Workgroup or Server Engine on Windows 32bit Platforms (Local application) Client on Windows 98/ ME to Remote Server Engine Client on Windows 32bit Platforms to Remote Server Engine BREQTCP TCP/IP only TCP/IP only BREQNT SPX only SPX only BREQUEST SPX to NetWare only SPX to NetWare only DOS Box The preferred Requester for Windows is BTRBOX. You can use this Requester even for legacy DOS applications, and for Workgroup applications. Note Use the BREQUEST/BREQNT/BREQTCP Requesters ONLY if you experience a problem with BTRBOX. These Requesters are supported for access to Server engines only, not to Workgroup engines. 18-24 Using the DOS Requesters Win16 and DOS The Requesters for non-Win32 boxes are: Workstations BREQUEST BREQNT BREQTCP The following sections document the steps for running DOS applications on Windows 32-bit platforms, Windows 98/ME, and DOS. Running DOS applications on Windows 32-bit Platforms “Running DOS applications on Windows 32-bit Platforms” “Running DOS applications on Windows 98/ME” “Verifying the DOS Configuration” “DOS TCP/IP Technical Information” “Configuring the Pervasive PSQL DOS Requester” To run a Pervasive application on a Windows 32-bit workstation or locally on a Windows 32-bit server, you should always install the Windows client components. The Pervasive PSQL Client installations are separate programs on the installation media. Refer to the “Clients” folder on the installation media. After the Windows client component installation, you will have everything you need to run a DOS, Windows 16-bit, or Windows 32bit application. The default DOS application support installed is the Win32 DOS Box configuration. Using/Disabling Win32 DOS Box Support On Windows 32-bit platforms, the DOS Box Install configures the drivers to be completely transparent. Thus, you are able to immediately open a command prompt and run a DOS Btrieve application. The CONFIG.NT file, located in the WINNT\SYSTEM32 directory, contains the command that enables DOS application support. This file is similar to the old Config.SYS in DOS. The Windows operating system loads the driver for each DOS session opened. In the configuration file, the Install places the following path to load the Win32 DOS Box driver: DEVICE = C:\PVSW\BIN\BTRDRVR.SYS To disable the Win32 DOS box support to use the DOS TCP/IP or SPX requester, you must follow these steps: 18-25 Configuring Network Communications for Clients 1 Remove the files BTRDRVR.SYS and BTRVDD.SYS from your system; these are installed by default in the \pvsw\bin directory. 2 Edit the Config.NT file (using Notepad) in the folder WINNT\SYSTEM32. Delete or invalidate the line: DEVICE=C:\PVSW\BIN\BTRDRVR.SYS Note Each configuration (Win32 DOS Box, DOS TCP/IP and DOS SPX Support) is mutually exclusive. You must disable the existing configuration before configuring your machine for a new configuration. Using DOS TCP/IP Support (BREQTCP) To use the DOS TCP/IP requester on a Windows 32-bit workstation, you must first disable the Win32 DOS Box support as described above, and then enable the DOS TCP/IP requester configuration. To enable BREQTCP support, follow these steps: 1 Copy the following six files into your %SystemRoot%\SYSTEM directory. %SystemRoot% refers to your Windows directory, typically C:\WINNT. You can determine the value for %SystemRoot% by opening a DOS box and entering the SET command. BREQTCP.EXE BREQTCP.MSG JSBDOSWS.EXE JSBDOSWS.DLL MSOCKLIB.RC VSLDOS.INI 2 Access the Environment Variables, which are part of System information (the steps to do this vary by operating system). (System information is accessed from the Control Panel.) 3 Add the following environment variable: VSL=%SystemRoot%\SYSTEM Note There must NOT be a trailing semicolon in this statement. 18-26 Using the DOS Requesters Once the DOS TCP/IP requester is setup, follow the following steps to run a DOS application: 1 Start a DOS session. 2 Run JSBDOSWS.EXE 3 Load BREQTCP.EXE from the \pvsw\bin directory; this needs to be loaded in each DOS session running a Btrieve application. 4 Run your application. Note The commands to load JSBDOSWS and BREQTCP can be put in your AUTOEXEC.NT file. You can load JSBDOSWS with the Load High command. To stop a DOS application, unload the requester components by entering the command BREQTCP /u followed by JSBDOSWS /u in the DOS box before closing it. Using DOS SPX Support (BREQUEST/BREQNT) There are two DOS SPX Btrieve requesters: BREQNT.EXE is the "dual mode" requester that can be used by a DOS application to communicate to either a Windows 32-bit server or a NetWare server. BREQUEST.EXE is a NetWare-only version of the DOS SPX requester. BREQUEST exists for historical purposes before Windows 32-bit support was available, and is still provided because it requires smaller memory than BREQNT. If you are accessing Pervasive PSQL on a NetWare server and if you are running low on DOS conventional memory, you may need to use BREQUEST. If you are accessing a Windows 32-bit server, you must use BREQNT. In order to use the DOS SPX requester on a Windows 32-bit workstation, you must first disable the Win32 DOS Box support as described above; there are no special steps required to enable the DOS SPX requester configuration. A DOS application can be run with the SPX protocol to a remote server engine by following these steps: 1 Start a DOS session. 18-27 Configuring Network Communications for Clients 2 Load BREQNT.EXE or BREQUEST.EXE from the \PVSW\BIN directory; this needs to be loaded in each DOS session running a Btrieve application. 3 Run your application. To stop a DOS application, unload the requester by entering the command BREQUEST /u or BREQTCP /u in the DOS box before closing it. Running DOS To run a Pervasive application on a Windows 98/ME workstation, applications on you must always install the Windows client components. The Windows 98/ME Pervasive PSQL Client installations are separate programs on the installation media. Refer to the “Clients” folder on the installation media. After the Windows client component installation, you will have everything you need to run a DOS, Windows 16-bit, or Windows 32bit application. The default DOS application support installed is the Win32 DOS Box configuration. Using/Disabling Win32 DOS Box Support on Windows 98/ ME Note Legacy DOS applications must use the BTRBOX configuration on Windows 98/ME. In fact, it is the only supported configuration with the Workgroup engine. However, with client/server products, you can run DOS applications with either the BTRBOX configuration, or the legacy 16-bit DOS requesters. If the DOS application is being run on a DOS or Windows 16-bit operating system, then the legacy 16-bit DOS requesters MUST be used. BTRBOX works on Win32 operating systems only. Installation Instructions To run a DOS application with the Win32 DOS Box configuration follow these steps: 1 Start BTRBOX95: a. Access the Pervasive Other Utilities commands on the Start menu and click BTRBOX95. 18-28 Using the DOS Requesters b. Load from the \pvsw\bin directory. A minimized dialog appears indicating active support. You must leave this dialog running. Closure of this dialog will unload BTRBOX95. You will only need to run BTRBOX once -- you may have multiple DOS sessions open using a single instance of the driver. 2 Start a DOS session. 3 Load BDOSSTUB.EXE from the \pvsw\bin directory; this needs to be loaded in each DOS session running a Btrieve application. 4 Run your application. Note You MUST reboot after the initial installation of the Windows client components in order for the Win32 DOS Box support to function. A device driver (VxD) is registered and will not load until reboot. The proper order to stop a DOS application is as follows: 1 Stop the DOS application. 2 Close the DOS box. 3 Stop BTRBOX95. If you do not follow this order, BTRBOX95 or the database engine may not unload properly. In situations where stopping and restarting all clients is recommended, you should perform all three steps above. Simply stopping and starting your client applications is not sufficient. To disable the Win32 DOS box support in order to use the DOS TCP/ IP or SPX requester, you must follow these steps: 1 Remove the files BTRBOX95.EXE, BDOSSTUB.EXE, and BTRBOX95.VXD from your system; these are installed by default in the \pvsw\bin directory. 2 Using REGEDIT, remove the following key from your registry: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\Current Control Set\ Services\VXD\BtrBox95 18-29 Configuring Network Communications for Clients Each configuration (Win32 DOS Box, DOS TCP/IP and DOS SPX Support) is mutually exclusive. You must disable the existing configuration before configuring your machine for a new configuration. Caution Editing your registry is dangerous and can cause you to reinstall your entire computer. If you do not feel comfortable doing this, please obtain the services of a qualified technician. Pervasive can accept no responsibility for a damaged Registry. Using DOS TCP/IP Support (BREQTCP) To use the DOS TCP/IP requester on a Windows 98 workstation you must first disable the Win32 DOS Box support as described above, and then enable the DOS TCP/IP requester configuration using the following steps: 1 Ensure you have the following five files in your PVSW\BIN directory. These files are installed as part of the clients\win installation. Make sure PVSW\BIN is included in your path. BREQTCP.EXE BREQTCP.MSG JSBDOSWS.VXD MSOCKLIB.RC VSLDOS.INI 2 Use a text editor such as Notepad to edit your AUTOEXEC.BAT file located in your root directory. Make sure the following line is in the file: SET VSL=C:\PVSW\BIN 3 Edit your SYSTEM.INI file with a text editor such as Notepad. SYSTEM.INI is a Windows system file that is located in your Windows directory (for example, C:\WINDOWS). In the section [386enh], ensure the following line exists DEVICE=JSBDOSWS.VXD 4 Restart Windows 98/ME to register your changes. Once the DOS TCP/IP requester is setup, follow these steps to run a DOS application: 1 18-30 Start a DOS session. Using the DOS Requesters 2 Load BREQTCP.EXE from the \pvsw\bin directory; this needs to be loaded in each DOS session running a Btrieve application. 3 Run your application. To stop a DOS application, enter the command BREQTCP /u in the DOS box to unload the requester. Using DOS SPX Support (BREQUEST/BREQNT) There are two DOS SPX Btrieve requesters. BREQNT.EXE is the "dual mode" requester used by a DOS application to communicate to either a Windows 32-bit server or a NetWare server. BREQUEST.EXE is a NetWare-only version of the DOS SPX requester. This exists for historical purposes before Windows 32-bit support was available, and is still provided because it requires smaller memory than BREQNT. If you are accessing Pervasive PSQL on a NetWare server and if you are running low on DOS conventional memory, you may need to use BREQUEST. If you are accessing a Windows 32-bit server, you must use BREQNT. To use the DOS SPX requester on a Windows 98 workstation, you must first disable the Win32 DOS Box support as described above; there are no special steps required to enable the DOS SPX requester configuration. A DOS application can be run with the SPX protocol to a remote server engine by following these steps: 1 Start a DOS session. 2 Load BREQNT.EXE or BREQUEST.EXE from the \pvsw\bin directory; this needs to be loaded in each DOS session running a Btrieve application. 3 Run your application. To stop a DOS application, unload the requester by entering the command BREQUEST /u or BREQTCP /u in the DOS box before closing it. Running DOS Applications DOS Btrieve application support on DOS workstations is only available through the DOS TCP/IP or DOS SPX requesters. 18-31 Configuring Network Communications for Clients Both allow a DOS application to communicate to a Windows 32-bit server or NetWare server running the client/server version of Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. Using DOS TCP/IP Support (BREQTCP) To use the DOS TCP/IP requester on a DOS or Windows workstation, you must have one of the following TCP/IP stacks: Microsoft LAN Manager Novell LAN Workplace FTP Software 2.2 or greater You can enable the DOS TCP/IP requester configuration using the following steps: 1 Copy the following files to the target directory. If you are running DOS, the target directory is the directory where you installed the Pervasive PSQL DOS client software. These files can be found in the “Clients” directory on your Pervasive PSQL installation media. 2 3 18-32 BREQTCP.EXE BREQTCP.MSG M3OPEN.EXE MNOVLWP.EXE MFTP22.EXE MSOCKLIB.RC VSLDOS.* Rename your VSLDOS file to VSLDOS.INI in your target directory. If Your TCP stack is Rename this file to VSLDOS.INI Microsoft LAN Manager VSLDOS.M3 Novell LAN Workplace VSLDOS.LWP FTP Software VSLDOS.FTP Edit AUTOEXEC.BAT file located in the root directory. Add the following line to the file: Using the DOS Requesters SET VSL=[jsb-location] where [jsb-location] is the fully-qualified path of the directory where you placed the VSLDOS.INI file. For example, C:\PVSW\BIN for DOS. 4 Restart the computer to register the AUTOEXEC.BAT changes. Once the DOS TCP/IP requester is setup, follow these steps to run a DOS application: 1 Make sure your TCP/IP components are loaded, as described by your TCP/IP stack provider. 2 Run the JSB executable appropriate for your TCP stack: M3OPEN.EXE (Microsoft) MNOVLWP.EXE (Novell) MFTP22.EXE (FTP) 3 Load BREQTCP.EXE. 4 Run your application. VENDOR-SPECIFIC NOTES MICROSOFT LAN MANAGER 1 Ensure that the NUMSOCKETS parameter in the [SOCKETS] section of TCPUTILS.INI is set to the maximum concurrent number of connections required. 2 SOCKETS.EXE is a Terminate and Stay Resident (TSR) program that allows applications to use the Microsoft LAN Manager TCP/ IP stack. SOCKETS.EXE must be located in the same directory as the other Microsoft LAN Manager TCP/IP executable. NOVELL LAN WORKPLACE Using Novell's LAN Workplace for DOS with BREQTCP.EXE requires that the environment variable EXCELAN be set to the Novell base directory. For example, if you installed LAN Workplace in the C:\NET directory, do a SET EXCELAN=C:\NET prior to loading MNOVLWP.EXE and BREQTCP.EXE. FTP SOFTWARE 1 Ensure that you allocate enough TCP and packet buffers for your application within the FTP kernel. 18-33 Configuring Network Communications for Clients e.g. 'kernel-name' -t 16 -p 20 allocates 16 TCP connections and 20 packet buffers. 2 Once the maximum number of connections is reached, it may prove difficult to effect any connection thereafter until all, or almost all, connections have been closed. You are therefore recommended to set the maximum number of connections to a high number. To stop a DOS application, unload the requester components by entering the command BREQTCP /u at the DOS prompt, followed by [JSB executable] /U, where [JSB executable] is either M3OPEN.EXE, MNOVLWP.EXE, or MFTP22.EXE. If running in a Windows DOS box, unload the requester components before closing the DOS box. Using DOS SPX Support (BREQUEST/BREQNT) There are two DOS SPX Btrieve requesters. BREQNT.EXE is the "dual mode" requester that can be used by a DOS application to communicate to either a Windows 32-bit server or a NetWare server. BREQUEST.EXE is a NetWare-only version of the DOS SPX requester. This exists for historical purposes before Windows 32-bit support was available, and is still provided because it has a smaller memory requirement than BREQNT. If you are accessing Pervasive PSQL on a NetWare server and if you are running low on DOS conventional memory, you may need to use BREQUEST. If you are accessing a Windows 32-bit server, you must use BREQNT. A DOS application can be run with the SPX protocol to a remote server engine by following these steps: 1 At a DOS prompt, load BREQNT.EXE or BREQUEST.EXE from the \pvsw\bin directory; this needs to be loaded in each DOS session running a Btrieve application in a Windows environment. 2 Run your application. To stop a DOS application, unload the requester by entering the command BREQUEST /u or BREQTCP /u in the DOS box before closing it. 18-34 Using the DOS Requesters Verifying the DOS Configuration To verify that the install completed successfully, you need a pure DOS Btrieve application. One of the simplest application ships with the server engines. You will find BUTIL.EXE under the “Clients” directory on the installation media. Running this command by itself will show a list of available commands. Do this one time to ensure the copyright information says Butil for DOS. You will then want to access a Btrieve file. You can use the BUTIL -STAT command to do this. If the command completes successfully, your DOS support is functioning as designed. Try a command like this: BUTIL -STAT f:\pvsw\samples\sample.btr Here, "f:" is a drive letter mapped to your server and "f:\pvsw\samples\sample.btr" is the path and filename of an existing Btrieve data file. A successful completion will return information about the data file. Otherwise, you will see a status code indicating the problem. Pervasive Technical Support can help you resolve any problems. DOS TCP/IP Technical Information BREQTCP.EXE is a DOS executable that runs on various DOS and Windows platforms. It is built using JSB Corporation's Virtual Socket Library (VSL). VSL implements an API based on the Berkeley 4.3 sockets standard that enables development of platformindependent and transport-independent network applications. For information about JSB Corporation, visit their site at http:// www.jsb.com. Components of the Btrieve TCP/IP Requester DOS TCP/IP Requesters: BREQTCP.EXE, BREQTCP.MSG VSL DOS components: M3OPEN.EXE, MNOVLWP.EXE, MFTP22.EXE VSL Windows 98/ME components: JSBDOSWS.VXD VSL Windows (other than 98/ME) components: JSBDOSWS.EXE, JSBDOSWS.DLL VSL Platform specific configuration files - VSLDOS.INI, VSLDOS.M3, VSLDOS.LWP, VSLDOS.FTP VSL Multi-platform resource file: MSOCKLIB.RC 18-35 Configuring Network Communications for Clients System Requirements for Btrieve TCP/IP Requester Server software requirements Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 TCP/IP configured correctly at server You must have one of the following client operating systems: Windows 32-bit operating system with latest service packs Windows 98/ME DOS 5.0 DOS 6.0 or greater For DOS, you must have one of the following TCP/IP stacks: Microsoft LAN Manager Novell LAN Workplace FTP Software 2.2 or greater Conventional memory required to load with defaults Windows 32-bit operating systems BREQTCP.EXE 81984 JSBDOSWS.EXE 30400 (Upper memory) Windows 98/ME BREQTCP.EXE 85792 JSBDOSWS.VXD 0 (No conventional memory used) DOS 5.0 or greater BREQTCP.EXE 81456 M3OPEN.EXE 43280 (Microsoft LAN Manager) MNOVLWP.EXE 66880 (Novell LAN Workplace) MFTP22.EXE 69424 (FTP Software PC/TCP) Accessing NetWare Servers You must have your Pervasive PSQL server IP address configured properly on your clients for Pervasive PSQL to function. There are two ways to do this. To configure your clients to use the server's IP address, do ONE of the following: 18-36 Using the DOS Requesters Use the Control Panel to enable DNS In Windows 98/ME or NT: a. b. c. d. e. Click Start Settings Control Panel. Select Network, TCP/IP and click Properties. Click the DNS tab. Enable DNS and enter the appropriate server information. Verify correct configuration using the TCP/IP 'ping' to ping the server by name. In Windows 32-bit platforms: a. Click Start Settings Control Panel. b. Select Network and Dial-up Connections, and the Local Area Connection. c. From the component list, select TCP/IP and then click Properties. d. Enable DNS by selecting the corresponding button and entering the appropriate server information. e. Verify correct configuration using the TCP/IP 'ping' to ping the server by name. or Enter your Server IP address/name in the hosts file: \WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\HOSTS file (Windows 32-bit operating system). \WINNT\SYSTEM\DRIVERS\ETC\HOSTS file (Windows 98/ME). Note BREQTCP will return Btrieve status 20 if it is unable to resolve the server name into an IP address, or if the IP address is incorrect or unreachable. Known Issues This section contains notes on technical issues. Multiple DOS Boxes When running BREQTCP on Windows 98/ME, only one DOS box is supported. Unloading BREQTCP is not sufficient to release the JSB 18-37 Configuring Network Communications for Clients VxD. The DOS box must be closed before another DOS box can load BREQTCP. On Windows 32-bit operating system, there is no restriction on the number of DOS boxes that can be invoked. Use of DOS Requesters on a Windows 32-bit Platform There are some configuration requirements when you use the DOS Requester (BREQTCP, BREQNT or BREQUEST). To run a DOS application using the DOS requester in a Windows DOS box to access a NetWare server, NW16.EXE must be loaded prior to loading BREQTCP. Pervasive Software recommends you load it from AUTOEXEC.NT. If the NWLink IPX/SPX compatible transport is installed, these files are located in the WINNT\SYSTEM32 directory. DOS applications are not supported through the DOS Requester when running on a Windows server where the data files you are trying to access reside. You must use the Win32 DOS Box Support as installed by Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 to access local files. IP Address caching in Windows 98/ME After adding a target IP address for a NetWare server in the local Windows 98/ME hosts file, BREQTCP must be unloaded and reloaded. After correcting a target IP address for a NetWare server in the local Windows 98/ME hosts file, the Windows 98/ME system may need to be restarted to restart the JSB VxD. BREQTCP caches both valid and invalid IP addresses while the JSB VSL VxD caches valid IP addresses. The result is that modifications to the hosts file will not affect BREQTCP and may not affect the JSB VSL VxD depending upon prior attempts cached. This can be confusing when you are trying to modify a target IP address in the local host’s file or on a DNS server. Note The Windows 98/ME 'ping' utility does not exhibit this behavior, so ping may work while BREQTCP requires that Windows 98/ME be restarted. 18-38 Using the DOS Requesters Diagnosing BREQTCP.EXE initialization failures You may receive the following error message when loading BREQTCP: BREQTCP-10: The function InitSocketLibrary returned an error. If you see this message, you can determine the cause by using this checklist: R Verify that the JSB VSL components appropriate to your workstation are loaded. Refer to the "Using DOS TCP/IP Support (BREQTCP)" section for your operating system for instructions on loading the JSB VSL components. R Verify that you set the VSL environment variable to the directory where you placed the VSLDOS.INI file. R Verify that the VSLDOS.INI you are using is correct. You should copy the appropriate VSL platform specific configuration file into your installation directory and renamed it VSLDOS.INI. It is not necessary to modify the VSLDOS.INI file. Refer to the "Using DOS TCP/IP Support (BREQTCP)" section for your operating system to find the correct version of the configuration file for your platform. R On Windows 98/ME, ensure another DOS box using BREQTCP is open. This is the multiple DOS box condition described above. Configuring the Pervasive PSQL DOS Requester You manually configure the settings for the Windows 16-bit client requester in the file BTI.INI. See “To configure settings in BTI.INI” on page 5-59 in Advanced Operations Guide. Note that no DOS requestor is available for the Pervasive PSQL relational interface. All database transactions on DOS must be done through the Pervasive PSQL transactional interface. Before configuring the Pervasive PSQL DOS Requester, review this section for any information necessary to your operation. You should also read the READDOS.TXT file on the distribution media. You must load the Pervasive PSQL DOS Requester at a workstation running DOS before that workstation can access network data files. 18-39 Configuring Network Communications for Clients There are three versions of the DOS Requester: BREQUEST, BREQNT, and BREQTCP. Communication Protocol Used Version Used On BREQUEST Local area networks that use only NetWare servers. BREQUEST uses less memory than BREQNT in accessing NetWare servers. SPX BREQNT Local area networks that use Windows 32-bit platforms (or a combination of NetWare and Windows 32-bit platforms). BREQNT requires that the DOS workstations accessing the file server have the following components loaded: SPX To run BREQNT from DOS or Windows, load the Microsoft Network Client for MSDOS and Windows. You also must use the NetWare SPX protocol stack. Pervasive recommends using the ODI drivers from Novell. You do not need to run NETX.EXE or be logged on to a NetWare server if you are using a Windows LAN. BREQTCP 18-40 Local area networks that use NetWare or Windows 32-bit servers. TCP/IP Using the DOS Requesters The DOS Requester loads into a DOS workstation’s memory as a Terminate and Stay Resident (TSR) program. You can access local as well as remote files by running a Pervasive PSQL engine on your machine. Use of DOS Requesters on a Windows 32-bit Platform There are some configuration requirements when you use the DOS Requester. To run a DOS application using the DOS requester in a Windows DOS box, NW16.EXE and NWIPXSPX.EXE must be loaded prior to loading BREQNT or BREQUEST. Pervasive Software recommends you load them from AUTOEXEC.NT. If the NWLink IPX/SPX compatible transport is installed, these files are located in the WINNT\SYSTEM32 directory. DOS applications cannot run on the Windows 32-bit server where the data files you are trying to access reside. If attempted, a nonzero status code results. Loading the Btrieve DOS Requester Load the DOS Requester at the workstation by entering one of the following commands: [path] BREQUEST [options] [path] BRREQNT [options] [path] BREQTCP [options] path The path to the directory where the DOS Requester is stored. You can omit the path name if the DOS Requester is stored on the default drive or if it is located in a directory in your search path. option Any of the configuration options described in “Btrieve DOS Requester Options” on page 18-42. For example, if the Requester is on the default drive and you want to specify a 2,048 byte data message length, enter BREQNT /D:2048. Note The forward slash (/) before the configuration option is the only valid character you can use. If you specify a dash (-) or a backslash (\), the Requester may load improperly. 18-41 Configuring Network Communications for Clients Unloading the Btrieve DOS Requester To unload the DOS Requester, use the /U parameter of the DOS Requester (BREQUEST, BREQNT, or BREQTCP; see “Unload Requester (/U)” on page 18-46), or the DOS Requester utility, BREQUTIL.EXE. At the workstation where the DOS Requester is loaded, enter BREQUTIL -STOP. To determine the version of your DOS Requester, you can enter BREQUTIL -VER. If files have been left open (for example, when an application does not issue a Close operation for each open file, or does not issue a Reset), simply logging out of one or more servers from a workstation does not close data files or terminate the Btrieve communications connection to the server. To close data files and terminate the connection, you must unload the Btrieve requester. Btrieve DOS Requester Options There are several configuration options for the Btrieve DOS Requester. NetWare Runtime Server Support (/C) Range: /C:0 | /C:1 | /C:1,username,password Default: /C:1 Memory Required: Not applicable Runtime Server Support allows access to the MicroKernel running on a NetWare Server that the user is not attached to. The workstation must have a network connection to one or more servers, but not necessarily the target Btrieve server. Using this option, you can enable or disable NetWare Runtime server support. 18-42 Using the DOS Requesters . /C:0 Disables NetWare Runtime Server support. /C:1 Enables NetWare Runtime server support. The MicroKernel looks at the username for the drive (current server) on which you are presently running. If the username is SUPERVISOR or ADMIN, the MicroKernel searches for another username in the table of usernames for the servers to which you have a network connection. If the username is not SUPERVISOR or ADMIN, the MicroKernel searches for that username on the NetWare Runtime server. If it is not a valid username, the MicroKernel returns Status Code 94, Permission Error, at the time of the Open or Create request on the NetWare Runtime server. /C:1, username, password Enables NetWare Runtime server support. The MicroKernel Database Engine verifies the specified username and password for the NetWare Runtime server. The MicroKernel returns an error if the specified username is not found or the password is invalid. username Preferred login name on the NetWare runtime server. If you specify SUPERVISOR for the username, the MicroKernel returns status 99 at the time of the Open or Create. password Login password for the specified user. Data Message Length (/D) Range: 532 through 57,000 bytes (55,512 bytes is the upper limit for BREQNT) Default: 4096 bytes Memory Required: 355 bytes + data message length This option specifies the length of the largest record (or the largest portion or chunk of a record) you want to access through the MicroKernel. (If you omit this option, the Requester uses the default value, 4096). The Requester uses this value to calculate the length of the data message buffer reserved for passing records between the MicroKernel and your applications. The requester maintains one copy of the data message buffer. The value you enter here should not exceed the largest communication buffer size you configure for the MicroKernel through the configuration properties since that is the maximum message that the server communication agent can receive. 18-43 Configuring Network Communications for Clients Specify the data message length in bytes. For example, if the largest record your application uses is 3,000 bytes, specify the /D option as follows: /d:3000 Note Specifying a higher value than you need for the /D option does not improve performance and could waste workstation memory. DOS Session Load (/L) Range: Not applicable Default: Not applicable Memory Required: Not applicable To run a DOS-based Btrieve application in a Windows DOS box, you must have the DOS Requester loaded in each DOS session. However, if you have already loaded the DOS Requester before loading Windows, you cannot load the DOS Requester in any subsequent DOS session. Consequently, you cannot run the DOS-based Btrieve application in the DOS box. In each Windows DOS session that will be running a Btrieve-based application, load the DOS Requester with the /L option. Doing so loads another instance of the DOS Requester that is available only to the DOS session. This operation provides the DOS session with its own copy of the DOS Requester that is available only to the DOS session, and prevents the DOS session from using the instance of the DOS Requester that you loaded before starting Windows. Note Versions of Btrieve for NetWare prior to 6.15 required the DOS requesters to be loaded before Windows in order to run Win16 applications. This is no longer necessary. 18-44 Using the DOS Requesters Receive Packet Size (/M) Range: 532-4,096 Default: 532 (BREQUEST) or 1514 (BREQNT or BREQTCP) Memory Required: 3 * Receive Packet Size This option serves the same function as the Receive Packet Size setting for the NetWare Btrieve Communications Manager server setting (described in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide). It has the same range as the server parameter but has different default that is optimized for the DOS requester. Real-Time Data Compression (/O) Range: None Default: No compression Memory Required: Approximately 32 KB on the workstation and 32 KB per client on the server In many cases (such as when implementing extended reads or huge records), this option can help reduce network traffic and increase performance by reducing the number of packets required to complete a request to the MicroKernel. This option may, however, adversely affect memory and performance due to the compress and uncompress work that must be done. Compressing and decompressing data takes extra CPU time on both the server and client sides. Because of overhead, do not use this option with fast networks or with slow workstations for clients. Note This is not to be confused with Data Compression Flag. For more information on Data Compression Flag, see Advanced Operations Guide. Number of Servers (/S) Range: 1 through 8, or more if memory permits Default: 8 Memory Required: 27 bytes per server The /S option specifies the number of MicroKernel Database Engine with which the requester can simultaneously communicate. 18-45 Configuring Network Communications for Clients Number of Tasks (/T) Range: 1 through 32,000 Default: 0 Memory Required: 9 bytes per task The /T option specifies the maximum number of workstation tasks that can access the server engine at one time using the BTRVID function. Applications that use the BTRV function are not affected by this option. For more information about whether you should set this option, refer to the documentation for your Btrieve application. Unload Requester (/U) Range: Not applicable Default: Not applicable Memory Required: Not applicable This option unloads the Btrieve requester from memory. It performs the same function as a BREQUTIL -STOP command. Help (/?) The /? option lists the options that are available. 18-46 A FTER I NSTALLATION chapter Troubleshooting After Installation 19 How to Proceed When You Encounter Errors During Installation Pervasive Software provides several features and tools in Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 that help to prevent configuration and installation problems. Some of these utilities are installed and run as part of the installation process and all can be run later to evaluate configuration and registry settings and to troubleshoot problems. They are shown in Table 19-1 on page 19-2. “Troubleshooting Tools” on page 19-2 “Troubleshooting Strategies” on page 19-3 “Configuration for Special Installation Situations” on page 19-4 “Diagnosing Problems with Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA)” on page 19-5 “Verifying Database Engine is Running” on page 19-6 “Obtaining File, Client, and Engine Version Number” on page 19-8 “Issues After Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL on Windows” on page 19-11 “Engine and Client Version Conflicts” on page 19-12 “How to Get Additional Help” on page 19-14 19-1 Troubleshooting After Installation Troubleshooting Tools The following table describes some tools that can help you avoid or solve problems. Table 19-1 Pervasive Tools that Assist in Installation and Problem Determination 19-2 Feature/ Component Function For More Information Pervasive System Analyzer Analyzes system components, runs communication tests, and archives or restores previous database engine files on your system. See “Diagnosing Problems with Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA)” on page 19-5. Smart Components Smart Components is an internal design in Pervasive PSQL that ensures that Pervasive software components always load with compatible components. Refer to Advanced Operations Guide. Knowledge Base Provides information about many Pervasive software configurations and common environments. Search the Pervasive Knowledge base at: http:// support.pervasive. com/eSupport Troubleshooting Strategies Troubleshooting Strategies Pervasive Software hopes that your installation process completes without experiencing any problems. However, this depends on a number of factors, including proper network support, and operating system configuration. If something does go wrong during an installation, Pervasive offers some tools that can help in diagnosing the problem. This chapter explores some of the troubleshooting techniques that you can use. Note If the installation fails before the program copies any files to the target installation directory, the installation log file (install.log) can be found in the directory specified by the %TEMP% environment variable. This directory is often c:\windows\temp or c:\winnt\temp. Checklist for Problems Troubleshoot the Problem R R R R R Did you see any error messages displayed during installation? Does the Network function correctly? Is the Engine running? Is the Client software correctly functioning? Are there errors in your PVSW.LOG file? The rest of this section contains procedures that you can use in verifying your installation. “Configuration for Special Installation Situations” on page 19-4 “Diagnosing Problems with Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA)” on page 19-5 “Verifying Database Engine is Running” on page 19-6 “Obtaining File, Client, and Engine Version Number” on page 19-8 “How to Get Additional Help” on page 19-14 19-3 Troubleshooting After Installation Configuration for Special Installation Situations This section lists some scenarios where the default configuration settings for Pervasive PSQL need adjusting for proper database operation. The following table summarizes some of these situations. If you find that your configuration matches an issue, please see the reference included for more information. If your computing environment includes... Then you need to: Microsoft Active Directory Service Read the following section: “Support for Active Directory Service” on page 8-2 Multiple network interface cards (NICs) Enable a configuration setting for Multihomed setting In Advanced Operations Guide, see: “TCP/IP Multihomed” on page 5-18 “Listen IP Address” on page 5-17 NetWare 5.x servers Increase the default Cache Allocation size. NetWare 5.x includes Pervasive PSQL and Novell set the default cache size to 1MB, which is too small for most applications. See “Cache Allocation Size” on page 9-8 for more information. A network that is subject to outages Enable a configuration setting that tries to auto-reconnect to a server when a network outage occurs In Advanced Operations Guide, see “Pervasive Auto-Reconnect” on page 3-21. Database files that have embedded spaces Enable a configuration setting that instructs Pervasive PSQL to accept files with embedded spaces. In Advanced Operations Guide, see “Embedded Spaces” on page 5-53 19-4 Diagnosing Problems with Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA) Diagnosing Problems with Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA) Pervasive System Analyzer is a diagnostic utility included with Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2. Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA) is conveniently integrated into the product installation and available as a stand-alone diagnostic tool to help you with a the following tasks: Troubleshoot network problems Detect previous installations of Btrieve or Pervasive PSQL on your system Note other factors that influence your networking environment Perform archives and/or restorations of previously-installed versions of Pervasive PSQL Delete components or previous archived versions View current component set and versions PSA replaces the features that were previously offered by SmartScout and InstallScout. How to Start PSA ³ To start PSA 1 Access the Pervasive commands on the Start menu and click Pervasive System Analyzer. Documentation The use of Pervasive System Analyzer is detailed in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide. Please see “Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA)” on page for PSA 7-1 of Pervasive PSQL User's Guide for complete information regarding Pervasive System Analyzer SmartScout Replaced by PSA Note SmartScout was replaced by Pervasive System Analyzer starting in Pervasive.SQL 2000i Service Pack 3. The documentation on SmartScout has been removed. 19-5 Troubleshooting After Installation Verifying Database Engine is Running To verify that the Pervasive PSQL server engine is running, see the procedure for your platform: Windows “Windows” on page 19-6 “Linux” on page 19-7 “NetWare” on page 19-7 You can use the Services function of the Windows control panel. ³ Using the Control Panel to Check Pervasive Services on Windows Servers: 1 At the operating system, click Start 2 Double-click Administrative Tools, then double-click Services. 3 Scroll the list of services until you reach the following services. Settings Control Panel. Pervasive.SQL (transactional) Pervasive.SQL (relational) Both of these services must be started if Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 is to function correctly. The Status column displays whether or not the service is currently running. The Startup column indicates whether the service is set to automatically start on system startup or start manually. Figure 19-1 Displaying the Services Status 4 19-6 If a service is not started, right-click on it then click Start. Verifying Database Engine is Running Linux You can verify that the engine (mkded) is running with the Linux ps utility: Type the following at a command line: ps -e | egrep ‘mkded’ ³ To start the Pervasive PSQL services in Linux: Enter the following at the command line under the root user account: etc/rc.d/init.d/psql start NetWare You can verify that both engines are running by issuing the same commands that start the engines. NetWare will notify you that they are already loaded. BSTART MGRSTART 19-7 Troubleshooting After Installation Obtaining File, Client, and Engine Version Number You can use Pervasive PSQL utilities to verify that the client and engines have the version number you expect, or to check the version of a particular file. Determining Client and Engine Version You can check the engine and client versions using Function Executor on Windows platforms or using the BUTIL command-line utility on all platforms: Using Function Executor 1 From the Pervasive program on the Start menu, click Function Executor in the list for Other Utilities. Function Executor is a utility that simulates Btrieve client operations using the Pervasive PSQL requesters. 2 Select the Btrieve Version Info button, which appears as a clock icon. The correct button is shown in Figure 19-2. Figure 19-2 Selecting the Btrieve Version button 3 19-8 After choosing the Btrieve Version Info button, a dialog displays that indicates the version of the client requesters and the engine. Obtaining File, Client, and Engine Version Number Figure 19-3 Btrieve Version Info Display Using the BUTIL Utility From a command prompt, enter the following: BUTIL -VER The requester and engine versions are then displayed. Determining a File Version You can determine the file version of a MicroKernel data file using Function Executor on Windows platforms, or using the BUTIL command-line utility on any platform: Using Function Executor to open and then query the version of a file. Using BUTIL command-line utility to query the statistics of the file. Using Function Executor The Function Executor utility can simulate Btrieve operations and can be used to determine the file version by performing the following operations: 1 Open (0) 2 Version (26) The Function Executor utility is documented in more detail in Advanced Operations Guide. Using BUTIL command-line utility Use the -stat parameter of BUTIL to query the file statistics, which includes information about: File version Pages Records Keys 19-9 Troubleshooting After Installation Type the following at a command prompt: butil -stat <filename> For example, to query the statistics of the file DEPT.MKD of the DEMODATA database included with Pervasive PSQL: butil -stat dept.mkd The BUTIL utility (available on Windows, NetWare, and Linux) is documented in more detail in Advanced Operations Guide. 19-10 Issues After Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL on Windows Issues After Uninstalling Pervasive PSQL on Windows When you uninstall Pervasive PSQL using the Add/Remove Programs mechanism in Windows, you should not have any database engine files remaining on your system. However, some actions such as installing multiple times to the same machine or restoring archived components can cause a significant number of files to be left on your system. This is a side effect of how the installation process works with the Windows operating system and can be corrected using Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA). In the situations described previously, the files are left because Windows has the files marked with usage counts that indicate that they are being used by more than one program, and therefore the uninstallation program does not remove them from your system. This is expected behavior, but it may lead you to conclude that the Pervasive PSQL uninstall program is not functioning correctly. In order to correct this condition, run the PSA Delete function and remove all Pervasive components from your system. PSA deletes the files and the Windows registry entries that caused the files to remain on your system. At that point, you should have a system that is free of Pervasive PSQL components, and the next installation of Pervasive PSQL will have correct usage counts. For information on how to use the PSA Delete function, see “Pervasive System Analyzer (PSA)” in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide. 19-11 Troubleshooting After Installation Engine and Client Version Conflicts If you update your engine to the latest Pervasive PSQL version without also updating your client requesters, you may encounter warning messages from Pervasive PSQL indicating the version conflict. The message displayed is: An engine to client component mismatch was found When you receive such a message, it is also logged to your Pervasive Event Log (PVSW.LOG). This message is a warning. The client is not prevented from connecting to the engine in this situation. Note, however, that Pervasive recommends that you use client requesters that are the same version as the database engine. If you choose, you may use a client requester that is an older version than the database engine with which it interacts. In some situations, depending on the type of SDK access method used by your application, an older version requester will not work with the database engine. Your application will be unable to communicate with the database engine. For those situations, you must use client requesters that are the same version as the database engine. Client requesters that are a newer version than the database engine may or may not function correctly. Pervasive does not guarantee that newer versions of client requesters will function correctly with older versions of the engine. Therefore, Pervasive recommends that you avoid the use of newer version client requesters with an older engine. If circumstances in your organization dictate that you cannot upgrade the clients for some time, you may want to disable the dialogs that appear when your client components are activated. However, you cannot disable the entries in the Pervasive Event Log, and you should note that over time this log could grow to a large size as these entries are logged. To permanently solve the problem, update your client requesters to the same version as your server engine. 19-12 Engine and Client Version Conflicts Disabling the Client Mismatch Warning Messages ³ To disable the client component mismatch error 1 On the client with the older version of Pervasive PSQL, go to the Registry Editor (from the Start menu, select Run and type Regedit). 2 Go to the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Pervasive Software\Microkernel Router\Version 7\Settings directory within the Registry Editor. 3 The MicroKernel Router settings will appear in the right hand frame of the Registry Editor. Add a new string value Engine Version Check and give it a value of No. Caution Use care when editing the Windows registry. 19-13 Troubleshooting After Installation How to Get Additional Help Pervasive Software strives to ensure that your product installation is easy and successful. If you encounter problems during the installation that are not covered in this manual, please contact Pervasive Software in one of the following ways and we will address your problem promptly. For general questions, common problem resolution, client/server issues, your first line of support should be the Pervasive Software Knowledge Base, a web-based searchable index of all Pervasive technical information: http://support.pervasive.com/eSupport. For developer-related issues, visit the following web sites: Pervasive Developer Center http://www.pervasive.com/developerzone TechWire and NewsWire are e-mail based newsletters on all things Pervasive: learn about Beta cycles and releases, Service Pack releases, current topics, FYIs, Q & As, Pervasive Software events in your area, trade shows where you can find us, and much more! To subscribe to these e-mail newsletters, visit the Subscription Center at http://www.pervasive.com/support/subscription.asp. If your installation is not successful, or you encounter problems not documented in the Pervasive PSQL manuals or on the Knowledge Base, contact Pervasive Software Customer Support in one of the following ways: You may obtain technical support from the following Web-based support options: Pervasive Knowledge Base at http://support.pervasive.com/ eSupport To open a support incident, http://www.pervasive.com/ support/index.asp. Click on Open an Electronic Incident. To report a product defect, http://www.pervasive.com/support/ index.asp. Click on Report a product defect. If you require something other than what Web-based support options provide, contact Pervasive Support by phone: 19-14 800-287-4383 option 3 (the Americas) How to Get Additional Help CIC: +00.800.1212.3434 (Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg, The Netherlands, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the U.K) CIC: +32.0.23.37.61 (Any other European, Middle Eastern, African or Asian countries, excluding Japan) For technical support and discussions about Pervasive products in general: Visit the DevTalk forum at http://www.pervasive.com/devtalk. Visit http://www.pervasive.com/company/contact/index.asp for other contact information. Thirty-Day Free If you still have questions or problems relating to your Pervasive PSQL v9 Service Pack 2 installation, you can obtain help from the Technical Pervasive Customer Support department. Support Your purchase of Pervasive products entitles you to 30 days of free technical support for installation and configuration problems. See the following section, “Pervasive PSQL Resources and Contacts” on page 20-1 for information on how to contact Pervasive Software Customer Support. 19-15 Troubleshooting After Installation 19-16 chapter Pervasive PSQL Resources and Contacts 20 A Guide to Pervasive PSQL Customer Information Resources Pervasive Software strives to ensure that your experience with Pervasive PSQL is successful. This chapter describes the resources and information available to you as a valued customer of Pervasive Software. The following variety of resources can help you get answers to your questions, troubleshoot problems, and interact with the Pervasive team as well as with other customers: “” on page 20-12 “Developer Center” on page 20-3 “Pervasive PSQL Knowledge Base” on page 20-4 “FTP Site” on page 20-5 “Online Documentation” on page 20-6 “Webinars” on page 20-7 “Subscription Based E-mail Services” on page 20-8 “DevTalk” on page 20-9 “Newsgroup” on page 20-10 “E-Mail Contacts” on page 20-11 “Technical Support” on page 20-12 20-1 Pervasive PSQL Resources and Contacts Printed Documentation A complete suite of online documentation is installed on Windows when you choose the Complete installation procedure. It is available as an option in the Custom installation procedure. The documentation is accessible from the Btrieve 7.50 program on the Start menu. Printed versions of each manual are available for purchase separately, or you may purchase the entire documentation set. See “Using Pervasive PSQL Documentation” on page 1-17 in Pervasive PSQL User's Guide for a description of the manuals in the set. To order, contact Pervasive Software online at http:// www.pervasive.com/ecommerce/Scripts/default.asp, e-mail [email protected], or telephone 1-800-287-4383. 20-2 Developer Center Developer Center The Pervasive Software Web site is a great source for Pervasive PSQL information: http://www.pervasive.com. It is your most immediate source for assistance with the product. The link shown below is commonly referred to as Developer Center. It is a great starting point from which to navigate to available downloads, documentation, product updates, news articles, sample code and tutorials. Developer Center also provides access to an expansive technical library and training information. http://www.pervasive.com/developerzone/ 20-3 Pervasive PSQL Resources and Contacts Pervasive PSQL Knowledge Base The Pervasive PSQL Knowledge Base Online is a searchable database for technical information regarding installation, configuration, component management, product defect status, and answers to the frequently asked questions (FAQs). The Knowledge Base, shown below, uses an associative problem-solving technology to perform contextual searches and can be used to quickly find specific answers to your questions about Pervasive products. http://support.pervasive.com/eSupport/ 20-4 FTP Site FTP Site Pervasive Software strives to maintain close ties to developers using Pervasive PSQL for their database applications. On the Pervasive FTP site, you can find practical resources such as downloadable updates and patches to our product offerings as well as additional debugging tools, documentation, third-party tools, and beta releases. ftp://ftp.pervasive.com/support/ 20-5 Pervasive PSQL Resources and Contacts Online Documentation The latest versions of Pervasive PSQL product manuals are available for download from the Pervasive Software web site: http://www.pervasive.com/support/technical/online_manuals.asp Pervasive Library You can also view all the current documentation online, along with technical papers, discussion forums, and other resources. http://www.pervasive.com/library 20-6 Webinars Webinars Pervasive Software offers a series of Webinars (web-based seminars) that are focused on singular subjects and have been designed to maximize the transfer of knowledge to our partners and developers without expense of travel. This forum also offers opportunities for live contact with subject matter experts from Pervasive Software in lively discussions during informal and open question-and-answer periods provided throughout the conferences. For more information, see http://www.pervasive.com/training/ calendar/index.asp. 20-7 Pervasive PSQL Resources and Contacts Subscription Based E-mail Services TechWire and NewsWire are newsletters on all things Pervasive: learn about Beta cycles and releases, Service Pack releases, current topics, FYIs, FAQs, Pervasive Software Events in your area, trade shows where you can find us, and much more! To subscribe to these free e-mail services, see the following website. http://www.pervasive.com/support/subscription.asp 20-8 DevTalk DevTalk Pervasive Software’s DevTalk discussion forums are a great way to share ideas with other customers, get technical questions answered, and give feedback directly to Pervasive Software. http://www.pervasive.com/devtalk/ 20-9 Pervasive PSQL Resources and Contacts Newsgroup Many Pervasive PSQL customers enjoy participation in a newsgroup—a learning environment in which users help users, with some participation by Pervasive Software. The newsgroup is managed by the end-user community, posting and answering questions as they wish. Pervasive Software is represented in the worldwide network of news discussion groups at: news://comp.databases.btrieve. 20-10 E-Mail Contacts E-Mail Contacts Pervasive Software welcomes your comments, suggestions and requests for assistance via e-mail. Please submit to the following contacts: [email protected] For information about Pervasive PSQL sales matters such as contacts, pricing, and product specifications. [email protected] For developer relations. A great way for developers to communicate their ideas about all Pervasive products, interfaces and programs. [email protected] For general information about the company, marketing efforts, public relations, and other general questions. [email protected] For questions from investors. 20-11 Pervasive PSQL Resources and Contacts Technical Support You may obtain technical support from the following Web-based support options: Pervasive Knowledge Base at http://support.pervasive.com/ eSupport To open a support incident, http://www.pervasive.com/ support/index.asp. Click on Open an Electronic Incident. To report a product defect, http://www.pervasive.com/ support/index.asp. Click on Report a product defect. If you require something other than what Web-based support options provide, contact Pervasive Support by phone: 800-287-4383 option 3 (the Americas) CIC: +00.800.1212.3434 (Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg, The Netherlands, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the U.K) CIC: +32.0.23.37.61 (Any other European, Middle Eastern, African or Asian countries, excluding Japan) For technical support and discussions about Pervasive products in general: 20-12 Visit the DevTalk forum at http://www.pervasive.com/ devtalk. Visit http://www.pervasive.com/company/contact/ index.asp for other contact information. Index A Abend avoiding with CPU Hog Timeout setting 9-3 About Pervasive PSQL 1-1 Accessing readme file 7-4 Active Directory 8-4 administrative rights required for 8-4 create Pervasive_Admin group on domain controller 8-5 defined 8-2 directory and file permissions 8-3 grant log on privileges to Pervasive_Admin group 8-8 installation 8-2 installation of Pervasive PSQL with 8-3 mixed mode 8-3 native mode 8-3 Pervasive PSQL clients used with 8-3 tasks 8-4 use of Terminal Services with 8-3 web links to 8-2 Administrative rights for Active Directory 8-4 needed for installation 2-9 Advantages of Pervasive PSQL 1-2 Analyzing network 19-5 Application compatibility 2-9 Applications configuration scenarios 8-1 configuring concurrent local and remote 8-13 configuring for multiple 8-11 Authentication 16-6 Auto Reconnect Timeout configuration parameter 10-3 B Beginning installation 5-2 BREQNT.EXE 18-23 BREQTCP.EXE 18-23 BREQUEST.EXE 18-23 BSTART, loading NSS volumes first 11-3 BTRBOX 18-23 Btrieve licenses 7-4, 9-4 requesters configuration 18-39 BUTIL determining file version 19-9 C Cache Allocation Size too small on NetWare 5.1 and later 9-8 Checklist for installation 2-5 Citrix MetaFrame 3-2 see also Terminal Services Client determining version 19-8 DOS support 18-23 installation 5-6 custom 5-14 Linux 13-1 NetBIOS support 18-19 Pervasive PSQL 2-2 ports used by 18-16 SPX support 18-15 system requirements Linux 2-7 TCP/IP support 18-9, 18-12, 18-20 uninstall on Linux 13-12 Communication ports used by Pervasive PSQL 18-16 Communications testing 19-5 troubleshooting 19-5 Compatibility of vendor applications 2-9 Complete Setup installation option 2-4 Index 1 Components of Pervasive PSQL 2-2 troubleshooting 19-5 Configuration Linux 12-8, 15-14 server 16-6 Pervasive PSQL clients 18-4 requesters DOS 18-39 settings affected by multiple applications 8-11 Configuration parameters server Authentication 16-6 Configuration settings migration of existing, during upgrade 7-3 Configuring application scenarios 8-1 concurrent local and remote applications 8-13 database engine on Terminal Services 3-5 multiple applications, for 8-11 server engine with two network cards 6-5, 10-6 SPX support for Windows server 6-6, 10-7 TCP/IP for Windows server 6-4 TCP/IP support for Windows server 10-5 Connection testing 19-1 Connectivity, testing 19-1 Contacting Pervasive resources 20-1 Converting data files 7-18 CPU Hog Timeout setting 9-3 Create File Version multiple applications and 8-12 Custom Installation client 5-14 server, Windows 4-13, 7-14, 9-15 Custom Setup installation option 2-5 D Database engine checking status 19-6 Database client 2 Index uninstall on Linux 13-12 Database engine ports used by 18-16 uninstall on Linux 12-12 uninstall on Windows 4-17 Determining type of network 6-2, 10-2 DevTalk, web forum 20-9 Diagnosing system problems 19-5 Documentation accessing man pages on Linux 14-13 accessing on Linux 14-12, 14-13 accessing readme file on Linux 14-13 before you begin installing on Linux 14-1 installing on Linux 14-1 installing on Linux using RPM 14-7 installing on Linux using tar 14-10 Linux 12-7, 15-5 NetWare 9-17 Pervasive PSQL 2-3 readme file 2-11 uninstall JavaHelp on Linux 14-16 Windows 4-16, 7-18 DOS box 18-23 preferred for Windows 98 and Windows 32-bit platforms 18-24 DOS requesters alternate versions 5-18 troubleshooting 5-18 using 18-23 with Active Directory 8-3 E E-mail Pervasive newsletter 20-8 Enable Auto Reconnect 10-3, 18-2 Engine checking status 19-6 components different version than client 19-11 determining version 19-8 supported with previous releases 2-9 F Features Comparison of Server and Workgroup 1-4 of Pervasive PSQL 1-4 File version, determining 19-9 File access native file access protocols 9-2 File Conversion Windows 7-17 Files installed Linux 12-8, 13-9, 15-14 NetWare 9-18 Firewall ports used by Pervasive PSQL 18-16 Firewalls ports used by Pervasive SQL 18-16 Frame type 6-6, 10-7 Function Executor utility 19-9 G Group pervasive_admin on NetWare 9-6 pervasive_admin SPX support on NetWare 10-6 pervasive_admin SPX support on Windows 6-5 pervasive_admin TCP/IP support on NetWare 10-4 pervasive_admin TCP/IP support on Windows 6-3 H host file 13-8 How to obtain more help 20-1 I install.log file 4-4, 7-5, 9-9, 19-3 Installation before you begin 5-2 checklist 2-5 client 5-6 Linux 13-1 custom client 5-14 Windows 4-13, 7-14, 9-15 JRE incompatible version warning 14-3 JRE missing warning 14-3 Linux before you begin 12-2, 13-2 log file location 4-4, 7-5, 9-9, 19-3 NetWare before you begin 9-2 on Terminal Services 3-4 options 2-4 Complete 2-4 Custom 2-5 over existing Pervasive products 7-4, 9-4 overview 2-2 permissions needed 2-9 problems during 19-1 required conditions for PCC on Linux 14-3 Samba 12-2, 15-2 scheduling upgrade 2-9 server Linux 12-1, 12-3, 12-5, 15-1, 15-3, 15-4, 159, 15-10 NetWare 9-9 Windows 4-1, 4-4, 7-1, 7-5 tips for NetWare 9-4 tips for Windows 4-2 Windows before you begin 4-2 Installation location (server) Pervasive PSQL 1-4 Installing documentation before you begin 14-1 documentation on Linux 14-1 documentation using RPM 14-7 documentation using tar 14-10 into Active Directory environment 8-3 PCC before you begin 14-1 PCC on Linux 14-1 PCC using RPM 14-4 PCC using tar 14-6 Introduction Pervasive PSQL 1-1 IPX/SPX 18-15 Index 3 J JavaHelp accessing on Linux 14-12, 14-13 uninstall on Linux 14-16 JRE required for Linux JavaHelp 14-3 required for Linux PCC 14-3 warning when installing PCC or JavaHelp on Linux 14-3 L License key and user count 4-5, 7-6, 9-10 Licenses Btrieve 6.x 7-4, 9-4 Pervasive PSQL 1-4 Scalable SQL 4.x 7-4, 9-4 Licensing database engine on terminal server 3-3 Linux before you begin installing documentation 14-1 before you begin installing PCC 14-1 client installation 5-6 configuration 12-8, 15-14 server 16-6 documentation accessing 14-12, 14-13 engine status 19-6 files installed 12-8, 13-9, 15-14 in Monitor utility 13-8 installation 12-1, 12-3, 12-5, 15-1, 15-3, 15-4, 15-9, 15-10 before you begin 12-2, 13-2 Linux 12-3 installing documentation on 14-1 installing PCC on 14-1 IPX/SPX not used 2-8 JRE incompatiable version warning 14-3 JRE missing warning 14-3 man pages accessing 14-13 manual pages 16-2 network requirements 2-8 online documentation 12-7, 15-5 path formats 16-7, 18-8 PCC required conditions for installation 14-3 4 Index PCC system requirements 2-8 platform notes 12-2, 15-2 pre-installation notes 12-2, 15-2 readme file accessing 14-13 system requirements 2-7 TCP/IP 2-8 uninstall client 13-12 uninstall JavaHelp documentation 14-16 uninstall PCC 14-15 user count licenses 12-7, 15-5 Linux Client system requirements 2-7 Listen IP Address 10-4 Loading NSS volumes before BSTART/MGRSTART 11-3 Local applications concurrent with remote 8-13 M Man pages accessing on Linux 14-13 Manual pages 16-2 MetaFrame see Citrix MetaFrame MGRSTART, loading NSS volumes first 11-3 Microsoft Terminal Services see Terminal Services Migrating configuration settings 7-3 Monitor Linux clients 13-8 mounting NetWare volumes 13-8 Multihomed TCP/IP network support 10-4 Multiple applications configuring for 8-11 network cards configuring server engine for 6-5, 10-6 N Named pipes port used by 18-16 Native file access protocols 9-2 NetBIOS not supported by Server engine 6-2 support 18-19 NetWare client installation 5-6 CPU Hog Timeout setting 9-3 default cache size too small 9-8 engine status 19-7 files installed 9-18 installation 9-9 before you begin 9-2 installation, tips 9-4 mapping drives 9-9 mounting from Linux 13-8 network requirements 2-8 NSS volumes 11-3 slower on updates 11-3 online documentation 9-17 path formats 18-6 pervasive_admin group 9-6 pervasive_admin group and SPX support 10-6 pervasive_admin group and TCP/IP support 104 platform notes 9-2 preventing abend 9-3 support for native file access protocols 9-2 system requirements server 2-7 Network 2-8 determining what type 6-2, 10-2 path formats 18-5 drive-based formats 18-6 Linux 18-8 NetWare 18-6 UNC 18-5 ports used for communication 18-16 protocol removing unused 6-8, 10-8 requirements Linux 2-8 NetWare 2-8 Windows 2-8 setting up SPX for Windows server 6-6, 10-7 setting up TCP/IP for Windows server 6-4, 10-5 Network cards configuring multiple 10-4 configuring server engine for multiple 6-5, 10-6 Network communications testing 19-5 Network configuration Auto Reconnect Timeout configuration parameter 10-3 Enable Auto Reconnect 10-3, 18-2 Listen IP Address 10-4 supported protocols 10-4, 18-2 TCP/IP Multihomed 10-4 TCP/IP timeout 18-3 News obtaining via e-mail 20-8 nfsmount 13-8 NSS volume support 11-3 O ODBC requires NetWare server if SPX protocol used 62, 10-2 Online documentation Linux 12-7, 15-5 NetWare 9-17 Pervasive PSQL 2-3 readme file 2-11 Windows 4-16, 7-18 Options for Complete installation 2-4 for Custom installation 2-5 for installation 2-4 Overview for installation 2-2 P Path formats drive-based 18-6 Linux 18-8 NetWare 18-6 network 18-5 UNC 18-5 PCC before you begin installing on Linux 14-1 installing on Linux 14-1 installing on Linux using RPM 14-4 installing on Linux using tar 14-6 required conditions for installation on Linux 143 system requirements on Linux 2-8 Index 5 uninstall on Linux 14-15 Performance NSS volumes slower on updates 11-3 Pervasive Control Center configure database through Terminal Services 35 uninstall on Linux 14-15 Pervasive PSQL about 1-1 Additional User count licenses 1-4 advantages 1-2 Client 2-2 Components 2-2 Database Engine 2-2 engines, status of 19-6 features 1-4 installation location (server) 1-4 introduction 1-1 Online Documentation 2-3 relational access 1-3 software configuration 18-4 DOS requesters 18-39 transactional access 1-3 Pervasive Software Website 19-14 Pervasive System Analyzer 19-5 Pervasive_admin and NetWare 9-6 and SPX support on NetWare 10-6 and SPX support on Windows 6-5 and TCP/IP support on NetWare 10-4 and TCP/IP support on Windows 6-3 Pervasive_Admin security group use with Active Directory 8-4, 8-5, 8-8 Platform notes Linux 12-2, 15-2 NetWare 9-2 Windows 4-2, 7-3 Port 139 18-16 Port 1583 18-16 Port 3351 18-16 Ports used for network communication 18-16 Pre-installation notes, Linux 12-2, 15-2 Previously released engines support for 2-9 Protocol 6 Index determining correct 6-2, 10-2 IPX/SPX 18-15 NetBIOS not supported by server 6-2 removing unused 6-8, 10-8 SPX 18-11 supported network 10-4, 18-2 TCP/IP 2-8 Protocols native file access 9-2 PVSW.LOG client and server compatibility 19-11 R Reading readme file 7-4 Readme file 2-11 accessing 7-4 accessing on Linux 14-13 as part of installation 4-2, 5-2, 7-2, 13-2 Rebuild utility 7-17 Relational access using Pervasive PSQL 1-3 Relational interface port used by 18-16 Remote applications concurrent with local 8-13 Remote configuration with PCC on Terminal Services 3-5 Removing Pervasive PSQL components 19-11 Requester configuration DOS 18-39 preferred for Windows 98 and Windows 32-bit platforms 18-24 use with Active Directory 8-3 Requirements Linux network 2-8 system 2-6 Rights administrative authority for Active Directory 8-4 needed for installation 2-9 Terminal Services 3-4 Router ports used by Pervasive PSQL 18-16 RPM installing documentation with 14-7 installing PCC with 14-4 S Samba installation 12-2, 15-2 Scalable SQL v4.x licenses 7-4, 9-4 Security pervasive_admin group on NetWare 9-6 pervasive_admin support for SPX on NetWare 10-6 pervasive_admin support for SPX on Windows 6-5 pervasive_admin support for TCP/IP on NetWare 10-4 pervasive_admin support for TCP/IP on Windows 6-3 Server installation Linux 12-1, 12-3, 12-5, 15-1, 15-3, 15-4, 159, 15-10 NetWare 9-9 Windows 4-1, 4-4, 7-1, 7-5 system requirements Linux 2-7 NetWare 2-7 Windows NT 2-6 Server engine NetBIOS not supported 6-2 previous releases supported 2-9 Server Features in comparison to Workgroup 1-4 Service Pack 4 support for native file access protocols in NetWare 6.0 9-2 Services checking status 19-6 Setup Type Complete 2-4 Custom 2-5 SmartScout 19-5 Software configuration DOS requesters 18-39 SPX 18-11 frame type 6-6, 10-7 requires NetWare server for ODBC applications 6-2, 10-2 support for clients 18-15 setting up for Windows server 6-6, 10-7 Status, of database engine 19-6 Support obtaining technical 19-15 Supported protocols 10-4, 18-2 System requirements Client Linux 2-7 Network 2-8 PCC on Linux 2-8 Server Linux 2-7 NetWare 2-7 Windows NT 2-6 T Tar installing documentation with 14-10 installing PCC with 14-6 TCP/IP 2-8 for clients 18-9, 18-12, 18-20 setting up for Windows server 6-4, 10-5 TCP/IP Multihomed 10-4 TCP/IP Timeout for Communication Requester 183 Technical support for installation 19-15 Terminal Server see Terminal Services Terminal Services 3-2 configure database engine with PCC 3-5 database engine licensing 3-3 environments supported 3-2 installing on 3-4 permissions 3-4 use within Active Directory environment 8-3 user counts 3-3 Testing network connectivity 19-5 Transaction Durability multiple applications and 8-12 turned off by default 7-4 Index 7 Transactional access using Pervasive PSQL 1-3 Transactional interface port used by 18-16 Troubleshooting 19-1 communications 19-5 components 19-5 Types of installation 2-4 Complete 2-4 Custom 2-5 U Uninstall Pervasive Control Center on Linux 14-15 Pervasive JavaHelp on Linux 14-16 Pervasive PSQL Client on Linux 13-12 Pervasive PSQL Server on Linux 12-12 Pervasive PSQL Server on Windows 4-17 Uninstalling files not removed 19-11 Universal Naming Convention See Network path formats, UNC. Updates slower on NetWare NSS volumes 11-3 Upgrading installation 2-9 migration of existing configuration settings 7-3 User count additional 1-4 Terminal Services and 3-3 User count licenses license key 4-5, 7-6, 9-10 Linux 12-7, 15-5 Utilities Pervasive PSQL 2-2 Rebuild 7-17 SmartScout 19-5 V Vendor Compatibility 2-9 Verifying engine status 19-6 Version engine and client 19-8 how to determine in files 19-9 8 Index W Web sites Pervasive Software 19-14 Windoes pervasive_admin group and SPX support 6-5 Windows file conversion 7-17 installation 4-1, 7-1 before you begin 4-2 custom 4-13, 7-14, 9-15 tips 4-2 online documentation 4-16, 7-18 pervasive_admin group and TCP/IP support 6-3 platform notes 4-2, 7-3 Windows NT client installation 5-6 system requirements 2-8 server 2-6 Workgroup engine features compared to Server 1-4 running as a service 3-5